Release Content Document For Oracle 12.2.6

Oracle E-Business Suite
Release Content Document
Human Capital Management

Releases 12.1 and 12.2 (inclusive of 12.0.2
12.2.6)
Prepared by Oracle E-Business Suite Product Development
Last Updated: September 15, 2016
Copyright 2011, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 1
Table of Contents
1. Disclaimer 21
2. Introduction 22
2.1. Purpose of Document 22
3. New and Changed Features in Human Capital Management 23
3.1. Oracle Advanced Benefits 23
3.1.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 23
3.1.1.1.Reopen Life Events Process 23
3.1.1.2.Open Enrollment Window Modification 23
3.1.1.3.Tracking Ineligible to Ineligible Row Creation 23
3.1.1.4.Additional Input Parameters for Fast Formulas 23
3.1.2. Release 12.1.1 23
3.1.2.1.Enforce Minimum Coverage for Life Events with No Electable Choices 23
3.1.2.2.Restrict Display of Primary Care Provider 24
3.1.2.3.Enhanced Individual Contribution Distribution 24
3.1.3. Release 12.1.2 24
3.1.3.1.Use Default Enrollment to Reinstate Backed-Out Intervening Events 24
3.1.3.2.Carry Forward Certifications for Life Events Without Configured Coverage Restrictions 25
3.1.3.3.Recalculate Imputed Income When Enrollment is Unsuspended 25
3.1.3.4.Suppress HIPAA if Participant Gains Electability in Alternate Plan Type 25
3.1.4. Release 12.1.3 25
3.1.4.1.User Defined Criteria for Dependent Eligibility 25
3.1.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 25
3.1.5.1.View Rate History in Self-Service Benefits 25
3.1.5.2.Close Enrollment in Self-Service 25
3.1.5.3.Reopen Reinstated Enrollment 25
3.1.5.4.Deactivate Communication Type 26
3.1.5.5.Eligibility for Person Changes and Communication Types 26
3.1.5.6.All Ineligible Flag for Compensation Objects 26
3.1.5.7.Use Person Selection Rule for the Extract Process 26
3.1.5.8.Delete Unrestricted Enrollment 26
3.1.6.1.Enhanced Life Event Summary Report 27
3.1.6.2.Trigger Life Events from Person and Assignment Information Types 27
3.1.6.3.Control Ability to Designate Participant as Beneficiary 27
3.1.7.1.Show/Hide by Plan Type on Self-Service Selection Page 27
3.1.7.2.Exclude Dependents from System Extract 27
3.1.7.3.Limit Related Person Life Event Based on Loss of Coverage 27
3.1.7.4.Attachments During Self-Service Enrollment 27
3.1.7.5.Email Documents Generated from System Extract 28
3.1.7.6.Email Benefit Confirmation Statements 28
3.1.8.1.Self-Service Text for the Attachment Page 28
3.1.8.2.Updates to the Benefit Selection Page 28
3.1.8.3.Process Life Events from the View Person Life Event Form 29
3.1.8.4.Updates to the COBRA Letters 29
3.1.9.1.Generate 1095-Cs (US) 29
3.1.10. Release 12.2.6 29
3.1.10.1.Record Employee COBRA Healthcare Offer Details (US) 29
3.2. Oracle Approvals Management 30
3.2.1.1.View Approval History and Approvers 30
3.2.2. Release 12.1.1 30
3.2.2.1.Approval Deviations Report 30
3.3. Oracle Compensation Workbench 30
3.3.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2) 30
3.3.1.1.View All Compensation Detail Reports without Changing Responsibilities 30
3.3.1.2.Provide Responsibility-Based Plan Security for Administrators 30
3.3.1.3.Reduce Post-Processing Time Between Multiple Business Organizations 31
3.3.1.4.Perform Dynamic Calculations in Multiple Columns 31
3.3.2. Release 12.1.1 31
3.3.2.1.Awards Based on Anniversary Date 31
3.3.2.2.Print Total Compensation Statements for Groups of Employees 31
3.3.2.3.Display the Worksheet Manager in the Switch To Manager Search Page 32
3.3.2.4.New Salary Proposal to be Explicitly Approved 32
3.3.2.5.Update Percentage of Eligible Salary in Employee Administration 32
3.3.2.6.View Performance Appraisal Details in Compensation Workbench 32
3.3.3. Release 12.1.2 32
3.3.3.1.Streamline the Promotions and Allocations Process with Enhanced Compensation Workbench Spreadsheet
Download/Upload Features 32
3.3.3.2.Display Market Salary Survey Data in Compensation Workbench 33
3.3.4. Release 12.1.3 33
3.3.4.1.Performance and Promotion History Pop-up Window in Worksheet 33
3.3.4.2.Post Zero Salary Increases 33
3.3.4.3.Control Period for Viewing Appraisals in Compensation Allocation Worksheet 33
3.3.4.4.Refresh Plan, Employee and Summary Data from Compensation Workbench Home Page 34
3.3.4.5.Ensure Employees New Salary is Within Grade Range 34
3.3.5.1.Proposed Grade Range, Proposed Grade Midpoint, and Proposed Comparatio Now Available for Spreadsheet
Download34
3.3.5.2.Back Out Compensation Workbench Life Events Process for Single Person 34
3.3.5.3.Optionally Hide In-Progress Salary Increases in Employee History 34
3.3.5.4.Download Data Using Web ADI 34
3.3.6.1.Email Employee Compensation Statements 35
3.3.6.2.Email Total Compensation Statements 35
3.3.6.3.Back Out Compensation Workbench Postprocess 35
3.3.7.1.Download and Upload Allocation Worksheet Comments 35
3.3.7.2.Disable Drilldown Hyperlink in Online Total Compensation Statements 36
3.3.7.3.Display Position Title in Employee Total Compensation Statements 36
3.3.8. Release 12.2.4 36
3.3.8.1.Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Statements 36
3.3.8.2.Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Total Compensation Statements 36
3.4. Oracle Configuration Workbench for Human Capital Management 36
3.4.1. Release 12.1.1 36
3.4.1.1.Configurator for Person/Assignment Spreadsheet Loader 36
3.5. Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 37
3.5.1. Release 12.1.1 37
3.5.1.1.Knowledge Integration with ENWISEN 37
3.5.1.2.HR Help Desk 37
3.5.1.3.Access to Ex-Employee and Future-Dated Employee Records in User Based and Dynamic Security 38
3.5.1.4.Multi-Tenancy for Business Process Outsourcing Vendors 38
3.5.2. Release 12.1.2 38
3.5.2.1.Use Search Criteria to Query Records in the People Window 38
3.5.2.2.Ability to Change the Final Process Date when It is Set the Same as the Last Standard Process Date 38
3.5.3. Release 12.1.3 38
3.5.3.1.Enhanced Document of Records 38
3.5.3.2.Ability to Restrict Negative Balance in Absence 39
3.5.3.3.Additional Parameters in BG_ABSENCE_DURATION Fast Formula 39
3.5.3.4.Ability to Use Dynamic Approvals in a Checklist 39
3.5.3.5.Ability to View Criteria Set Associated to Grade Step 39
3.5.4. Release 12.1 RUP5 39
3.5.4.1.Approvals in Global Deployments 39
3.5.5. Release 12.2 40
3.5.5.1.Workflow Synchronization 40
3.5.5.2.Update Records with Future Person Changes 40
3.6. Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite 40
3.6.1. Overview 40
3.6.2. V. 1.0.0 41
3.6.2.1.Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates 41
3.6.2.2.Translation Support 41
3.6.3. V.1.1.0 41
3.6.4. V.1.2.0 41
3.7. Oracle Human Resources Information Discovery 41
3.7.1. Release 12.1.3.5 41
3.7.1.1.Workforce Explorer 41
3.8. Oracle HRMS (Australia) 42
3.8.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 42
3.8.1.1.Nominate Employee Termination Payments as Transitional or Non-Transitional Life Benefit Payments 42
3.8.1.2.Comply with Statutory Updates for EOY 2007 42
3.8.1.3.Override the Eligibility Set on the Element to Pay the Long Service Leave Amount 43
3.8.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 43
3.8.2.1.Multiple Employment Termination Payment Summaries 43
3.8.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 43
3.8.3.1.Pay Multiple Employment Termination Payments (ETP) and Generate Separate ETP Payment Summaries
43
3.8.3.2.Display Multiple ETPs on Termination Report 43
3.8.3.3.Use the Changed ETP Payment Summary Layout 2007 43
3.8.3.4.Report Employees Tax File Number to Super Fund 44
3.8.3.5.Calculate Extra Withholding Amounts for Advance Payments 44
3.8.3.6.Deduct Retro Pre-tax Amounts from Retro Earnings 44
3.8.4.1.Calculate Payroll Using the Updated Payroll Tax Rates 44
3.8.4.2.Report Allowances Using Balance Attributes 44
3.8.5. Release 12.1.2 44
3.8.5.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 44
3.8.6. Release 12.1.3 45
3.8.6.1.Enable Retro Overlap for Australia 45
3.8.7.1.Australia Local Address Style and Upgrade 45
3.8.7.2.AU Year End Enhancements 45
3.8.7.3.AU Payroll Reconciliation Summary report in XL output 45
3.8.8.1.Multiple Payment Summary Amendment 45
3.8.9.1.Payslip Modeling 45
3.8.10.1.Update TFN from 111 111 111 for New Hires After 28 days 46
3.8.10.2.Warning for Payments Made After Death via Direct Payments 46
3.8.10.3.Payroll Dashboard 46
3.8.10.4.Email Payment Summary to Employee 46
3.8.10.5.Option to Limit Availability of Payment Summary in Self-Service 46
3.8.10.6.Tax Calculation Error Message for Negative Earnings 47
3.8.10.7.View Payslip Offset Days 47
3.8.11.1.View PDF Payslip in Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 47
3.8.11.2.SuperStream Defined Benefits 47
3.8.12.1.Payroll Tax Report by Legal Employer 47
3.9. Oracle HRMS (Belgium) 48
3.9.1.1.Enter National Identifier for Employees Whose Nationality is not Belgian or Whose Country of Birth is not
Belgium48
3.10. Oracle HRMS (Canada) 48
3.10.1.1.Comply with Canadian Cheque Specification Changes 48
3.10.2. Release 12.1.2 48
3.10.2.1.Use Retro Overlap Enabled for Canada Payroll 48
3.10.3.1.Canadian Cheque Writer (XML), Canadian Deposit Advice (XML) and Canadian Third Party Cheque
Writer (XML) 48
3.10.3.2.Payroll Exception Report 48
3.10.4.1.Payslip Modeler 49
3.10.5.1.Payslip Modeler 49
3.10.6.1.Mid-Year Change to a Government Reporting Entity with Different Employment Insurance Rates 49
3.10.6.2.Enhanced Payroll Register 49
3.10.6.3.New Record of Employment Interface for ROE Web Version 2 50
3.10.7.1.Import File for Report on Hirings 50
3.10.7.2.Ability to Generate an Amended ROE 50
3.10.8.1.Bank Account Verification in SSHR 50
3.11. Oracle HRMS (China) 51
3.11.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 51
3.11.1.1.Specify Tax and Social Insurance Contribution Area Codes Using a Maximum of Three Characters 51
3.11.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 51
3.11.2.1.Count the Year of Service for Calculating Severance Payments 51
3.11.2.2.Display Employee Numbers Greater Than Five Characters in Direct Deposit 51
3.11.2.3.Represent Tax Areas and Social Insurance Contribution Area Codes Using a Maximum of Three Characters
51
3.11.2.4.Use New Tax Exempt Amount to Meet Statutory Requirements 51
3.11.2.5.Calculate the Average Monthly Working Days Using New Value 52
3.11.3.1.Make Pre-Tax Non-Statutory Deductions Prior to IIT Calculations 52
3.11.4.1.CN PHF/SI Retro Changes 52
3.11.5.1.Rehire Before Final Close 52
3.11.7.1.Access and View Payslip PDF Version using SSHR 53
3.12. Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 53
3.12.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 53
3.12.1.1.Record Maternity/Adoption Absences 53
3.12.1.2.Select Holiday Accrual during Maternity/Adoption Leave 53
3.12.1.3.Record and Use the Public Holiday Accrual and Payment Rates 53
3.12.1.4.Process Multiple Pension Payments for Employees Based on 2006 Legislative Changes 54
3.12.1.5.Use the Notional Pay Classification for Deduction Elements Not Payable to the Employee 54
3.12.1.6.Use the Enhanced Absence Maternity Element to Process Part Time Maternity Absences 54
3.12.1.7.Use the Modified Company Car Benefits in Kind Functionality 54
3.12.1.8.Create Lunar Period Payrolls 54
3.12.1.9.Print Batch Payslips 54
3.12.1.10.Process Payments for Employees Based on 2007 Legislative Changes 54
3.12.1.11.Classify Employees as Salaried or Hourly to Process Payroll 54
3.12.1.12.Use the Balance Initialization Process 54
3.12.1.13.Use RetroPay Functionality to Pay Back-Dated Amounts to Employees 54
3.12.1.14.Override the Use of Normal Periodic Deduction Value in Tax Calculation 55
3.12.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 55
3.12.2.1.Support the Payment Electronic File Format Changes 55
3.12.3.1.Use Holiday Pay Changes 55
3.12.3.2.Use Updated Danish Tax Card Upload Process 55
3.12.3.3.Comply with Statutory Changes for 2009 55
3.12.4. Release 12.1.2 55
3.12.4.1.Use Balance Reporting Architecture 55
3.12.4.2.Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 56
3.12.4.3.View Magtape Output Window 56
3.12.4.4.View Absence Statistics Report 56
3.12.4.5.View Additional Labor Cost Report 56
3.12.5.1.E- Holiday Card 56
3.12.6.1.Loaders 57
3.12.8. Release 12.2.4 57
3.13. Oracle HRMS (Finland) 58
3.13.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 58
3.13.1.1.Use the New Pension Insurance Type to Generate Pension Payments and Reports 58
3.13.1.2.Generate the Statutory Payroll Reports 58
3.13.1.3.Calculate and Report the Subsidy for Low-paid Employees 58
3.13.2.1.Use EOY0809 Legislative Changes for Payroll Tax Year 2009 59
3.13.2.2.Use EOY0809 Legislative Changes for Payroll Tax Year 2008 59
3.14. Oracle HRMS (France) 59
3.14.1.1.Use New Training Reports 59
3.15. Oracle HRMS (Hong Kong) 59
3.15.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 59
3.15.1.1.Specify the Format for Your Statement of Earnings 59
3.15.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 60
3.15.2.1.Calculate Proportionate Earnings during Changes in a Payroll Period 60
3.15.5.1.View Magtape Output from Payroll Process Results 60
3.16. Oracle HRMS (India) 60
3.16.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 60
3.16.1.1.Statutory Change to Exempt Employees from Paying Employee ESI Contribution 60
3.16.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 61
3.16.2.1.Rehire Employees Before Their Final Close Date 61
3.16.2.2.Generate and Print Provident Fund Monthly Report and e-files 61
3.16.2.3.Comply with Statutory Updates for 2007 61
3.16.3.1.Calculate Taxable Part on Fringe Benefit for Superannuation Fund Payments 62
3.16.3.2.Use the latest PF/ESI Wage Ceiling for Disabled Employees 62
3.16.3.3.Use the Latest Professional Tax Slab Rates for Karnataka 62
3.16.4. Release 12.1.1 62
3.16.4.1.Labor Welfare Fund Deduction 62
3.16.4.2.Oracle Discoverer End User Layer Support for India HRMS Payroll Information 62
3.16.4.3.User Interface to Submit Medical and Leave Travel Claims 63
3.16.4.4.Support Tax Year from March to April 63
3.16.5. Release 12.1.2 63
3.16.5.1.India Reconciliation of Electronic Funds Transfer Payments 63
3.16.6. Release 12.1.3 63
3.16.6.1.Capturing of LIC Policy Number in the Employee Tax Declaration 63
3.16.6.2.Voluntary Provident Fund Details in the Employee Tax Declaration 63
3.16.6.3.Enabled Payroll Exception Reporting 64
3.16.7.1.Full Support for Digital Signature in Form 16 and Form 12BA, and Other Changes 64
3.16.7.2.Full Support for India Public Sector Payroll 64
3.16.7.3.India Electronic Challan Cum Return (ECR)-2012 64
3.16.8.1.Payslip Modeling 64
3.16.9.2.Income from House Property Ceiling for Tax Exemptions 65
3.16.10.1.Contribute to the National Pension Scheme 65
3.16.10.2.Enable RetroPay Overlap 66
3.16.10.3.Access and View Payslip PDF Version using SSHR 66
3.16.11.1.Submit and Verify Investment Proofs Using SSHR 66
3.17. Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 66
3.17.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 66
3.17.1.1.Run the Tax Credit Upload Process to Validate Accurate Revenue File Checking 66
3.17.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 67
3.17.2.1.Comply with Recent Statutory Updates 67
3.17.3.1.Use the New IE Cessation Report 67
3.17.3.2.Comply With Recent Statutory Updates 67
3.17.4. Release 12.1.2 68
3.17.4.1.Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 68
3.17.4.2.Report Payroll Exception 68
3.17.4.3.Use Purge Process 69
3.17.4.4.Group Action Parameters 69
3.17.4.6.View Cost Allocations 69
3.17.4.8.National Employment Survey (NES) Report 69
3.17.5.1.Enhanced RetroPay Support 69
3.17.6. Release 12.2.4 70
3.17.7. Release 12.2.5 70
3.17.7.1.Loaders 70
3.17.7.2.Online PDF Payslip 70
3.18. Oracle HRMS (Italy) 71
3.18.1.1.Renamed Family Name Field 71
3.19. Oracle HRMS (Japan) 71
3.19.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 71
3.19.1.1.Print Employee Number on Published Insurance Premium Exemption and Spouse Special Deduction Form
for Salary Earner 71
3.19.1.2.Calculate and Archive Accident Insurance Information 71
3.19.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 71
3.19.2.1.Statutory Changes for 2007 71
3.19.3.1.Display Target Year Within Salary Payment Report 72
3.19.3.2.Support for Transfer with Zengin Format 72
3.19.4. Release 12.1.2 72
3.19.4.1.Use Salary Payment Report in E-File 72
3.19.4.2.Receive Local Tax Data in E-File 72
3.19.4.3.Wage Ledger/Payment Deduction Report 72
3.19.4.4.Rehire Employees Before Final Processing Date 72
3.19.4.5.Workers Register Report 72
3.19.4.6.Employee Details Report 72
3.19.5. Release 12.1.3 73
3.19.5.1.Use Separation Certificate 73
3.19.5.2.Use Withholding Income Tax for Termination Income Report 73
3.19.7.1.Support for My Number 73
3.20. Oracle HRMS (Korea) 73
3.20.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 73
3.20.1.1.Meet the Statutory Updates for the YEA Tax Receipt for 2007 73
3.20.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 74
3.20.2.1.Comply with Statutory Changes for 2007 74
3.20.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 74
3.20.3.1.Comply with the Updated Layout for Year End Adjustment Ledger Report and the RTF Template 74
3.20.3.2.Display Non-Taxable Earnings in Non-Statutory and Statutory Separation Pay Tax Receipt 74
3.20.3.3.Use the Updated Exemption Rate for Investment Partnership 74
3.20.3.4.Calculate the Tax Break Amount Using the New Value 75
3.20.3.5.Identify Korean Citizens as Foreigners and Eligible for Tax Exemptions 75
3.20.3.6.Record Donation Receipt Number for Easy Identification 75
3.20.3.7.Exclude Double Exemption for Medical Expenses 75
3.20.3.8.Comply with the YEA Reclaim Sheet Layout Changes 75
3.20.3.9.Comply with the Latest Statutory Changes for 2008 75
3.20.3.10.Use the Updated Health Insurance and National Pension Premium Rates 75
3.20.3.11.Calculate Tax Exemptions for Employees with a Newborn or Adopted Child 76
3.20.3.12.Use the Updated Foreign Worker Income Exemption Rates 76
3.20.3.13.Record Both Summary and Details for Medical Expenses 76
3.20.4.1.Maintain Detailed Donation Information for Dependents 76
3.20.4.2.Comply with the Latest Detailed Medical Information Updates 77
3.20.4.3.Record Type B Tax Group Information 77
3.20.4.4.Comply with the 2008 Layout Updates for KR Year End Adjustment Tax Receipt 77
3.20.4.5.Use the Latest Layout for YEA Ledger Report 77
3.20.4.6.Comply with the YEA Reclaim Sheet Changes 77
3.20.4.7.Comply with Statutory Updates for 2008 78
3.20.4.8.Record Additional Children Exemption for Dependents 78
3.20.4.9.Display Double Exemption for Medical Expense 78
3.20.4.10.Display Detailed Donation Information in the E-File 78
3.20.4.11.Use the Updated Statutory and Non-Statutory Separation Pay E-Files 78
3.20.5. Release 12.1.3 78
3.20.5.1.Rehire Before Final Close for Korea 78
3.20.6.1.KR XML Data Extract/Upload 78
3.20.7.1.KR YEA XML Data Extract 79
3.21. Oracle HRMS (Kuwait) 79
3.21.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 79
3.21.1.1.Produce Report 166 for the PIFSS Based on Revised Rates 79
3.21.2.1.Use the Payroll Exception Report 80
3.21.3. Release 12.1.2 80
3.21.5. Release 12.2.4 81
3.21.6.1.Loaders 81
3.22. Oracle HRMS (Mexico) 81
3.22.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 81
3.22.1.1.Manage Social Security Information through Integrated Archiver 81
3.22.1.2.Successfully Create and Save GRE Organizations 82
3.22.1.3.Implement and Archive Change of GRE for Employees 82
3.22.1.4.Specify Names of Over 15 Characters as Timecard Approvers 82
3.22.1.5.Specify Legal Employer when Running the DIM Report 82
3.22.1.6.Run QuickPay with IDW Elements in Spanish Instances 82
3.22.1.7.View IDSE File Content More Easily 82
3.22.1.8.Access State Tax Rules Descriptive Flexfield Without Errors 82
3.22.1.9.Use the hr_mx_ex_employee_api.mx_final_process_emp API without Errors 82
3.22.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 83
3.22.2.1.North American 2007 Reporting Enhancements and Statutory Updates 83
3.22.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 83
3.22.3.1.Comply with Employer State Tax Changes 83
3.22.3.2.Comply with ISR Tax Changes 83
3.22.4.1.Use the ISR Periodic Tax Adjustments 83
3.22.4.2.Use the New BI Publisher Report ISR Subsidy for Emp Paid 83
3.22.5.1.Payroll Simulator 83
3.22.5.2.SS Archiver Reports (SUA extracts and SS Affiliation) 83
3.22.6.1.New Integrated Daily Wage (IDW) Audit Report 84
3.22.7.2.QuickPay Archiver 84
3.23. Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 85
3.23.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 85
3.23.1.1.Make the Civilian Service Number Optional 85
3.23.1.2.Use New Dutch First Day Notification Report 85
3.23.1.3.Group Multiple Assignments by Employer 85
3.23.1.4.Use New Profile Options 85
3.23.1.5.Support Refund of ZVW Contributions to Employees 85
3.23.1.6.Include Latest Assignment Details in the Dutch ATS Reports 85
3.23.1.7.Use Enhanced Life Saving Scheme Features 85
3.23.1.8.Use Updated Reports to Support Legislative Changes 86
3.23.1.9.Use New Wage Subsidies for Payroll Processing 86
3.23.1.10.Support for Late Hire Processing in Payroll 86
3.23.1.11.Use the New Adjustment Component to Carry Forward Earnings 86
3.23.1.12.Process Tax and SI Balances using AAOP instead of IP High and IP Low Pension Schemes 86
3.23.1.13.Use the Modified Dutch Annual Tax Statement Report 87
3.23.1.14.Use New Dutch Element RetroPay Setup Report to Display Retro Setup of User Element 87
3.23.1.15.Reduce Data Volumes and Improve Performance by Producing Fewer Run Result Values 87
3.23.1.16.Configure Precision of Maximum Salary Type 87
3.23.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 87
3.23.2.1.Year End Report 87
3.23.3.1.Use Updated Wage Reports for 2009 88
3.23.3.2.Use New Tax Code 950 88
3.23.3.3.Use Labor Handicap Discount and Old Age Discount Changes 88
3.23.3.4.Use Tax table Changes for 2009 88
3.23.3.5.Use Updated Dutch Wage Report 88
3.23.3.6.Use ZVW Changes 88
3.23.3.7.Use the Updated Addressing Female Employee Field in the Person Window 88
3.23.4. Release 12.1.2 88
3.23.4.2.Use Payroll Exception Report 89
3.23.4.3.Group Action Parameter 89
3.23.5.1.Labor Cost Arrangement (LCA) 89
3.23.5.2.Digital Sickness Reporting 89
3.23.6.1.Loaders 90
3.23.7.1.Contingent Worker 91
3.24. Oracle HRMS (New Zealand) 91
3.24.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 91
3.24.1.1.Contribute and Report the KiwiSaver Deductions to Inland Revenue 91
3.24.2.1.Comply with Latest Statutory Updates for October 2008 91
3.24.2.2.Use Enhanced RetroPay to Calculate Back-Dated KiwiSaver Contributions 92
3.24.2.3.Comply with the Latest Statutory Updates from April 2009 92
3.24.3.1.Rehire Before Final Close 92
3.24.3.2.Support for Upgrade to Single Latest Balance Table 92
3.24.3.3.Enter and Maintain PHF, SI and EA Information in HTML Pages 92
3.24.4.1.New Payroll Reconciliation Summary Report 93
3.24.4.2.Display Hours and Rate Information for Earnings 93
3.24.4.3.Report Using the New KiwiSaver Employment Details E-File 93
3.25. Oracle HRMS (Norway) 93
3.25.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 93
3.25.1.1.Use the Documents of Record Functionality to Store Document Information 93
3.25.1.2.Use the Modified NUS-2000 Code for the Employee's Qualification Type 93
3.25.1.3.Process Holiday Pay for Your Employees 93
3.25.1.4.Process All Absence Categories to Administer Absence Pay Effectively 93
3.25.1.5.Generate Sickness Leave and Absence Statistics Report 94
3.25.1.6.Calculate the Impact of Reimbursements of Absence and Holiday Pay on Employer Contribution 94
3.25.1.7.Use the Self-Service Tax Card Interface to Enter Tax Card Details 94
3.25.1.8.Generate Online Payslip 94
3.25.1.9.Stay Informed with New Payroll Reports 94
3.25.1.10.Process Payments for Employees Based on 2006 Taxation Changes 94
3.25.1.12.Support Recent Legislative Changes 95
3.25.1.13.Use Advance Pay Process to Pay Employees in Advance 95
3.25.1.14.Use RetroPay Functionality to Pay Backdated Amounts to Employees 95
3.25.1.16.Reduce Data Volumes and Improve Performance by Producing Fewer Run Result Values 95
3.25.1.17.Implement Mandatory Occupational Pension Scheme 96
3.25.1.19.Improve the Performance of Oracle Payroll Processing 96
3.25.2.1.Comply with Legislative Changes for 2007/2008 96
3.25.2.2.Comply with EOY0708 Legislative Changes Effective as of 2008 97
3.25.4.1.Loaders 97
3.25.5. Release 12.2.4 98
3.26. Oracle HRMS (Romania) 98
3.26.1. Release 12.2 98
3.26.1.1.Employee Identification 98
3.26.1.2.Employment 98
3.26.1.3.Organizations 98
3.26.2. Release 12.2.5 99
3.26.2.1.Employee Self-Service 99
3.27. Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia 99
3.27.2. Release 12.1.2 99
3.27.2.2.Display Balance Breakdown 99
3.27.2.5.Purge Process 99
3.27.3.3.SI Calculations for Other Kuwait and United Arab Emirates Nationals 100
3.27.4.1.Acknowledgment Letter (Public Sector) 100
3.27.4.2.Position Control (Public Sector) 100
3.27.4.3.Promotion Eligibility (Public Sector) 101
3.27.4.4.Military Sector Absences 101
3.27.5. Release 12.2.4 101
3.27.5.2.Public Sector Changes 101
3.27.6.1.Loaders 102
3.28. Oracle HRMS (Singapore) 103
3.28.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 103
3.28.1.1.Use Revised Foreign Workers Levy Rates and New Permit Categories 103
3.28.1.2.Comply with New Regulations of the Central Provident Fund 103
3.28.2.1.Comply with the Latest SDL Updates 103
3.28.2.2.Use the Updated IRASLine Format 103
3.28.2.3.Submit the CPF Line Report and Magtape Using the New CPF Submission Number 104
3.28.2.4.Use the Latest Rates for Mosque and Mendaki Fund Contributions 104
3.28.3. Release 12.1.2 104
3.28.3.1.Singapore IRAS Amendment Process 104
3.28.5.1.View Magtape Output from Payroll Process Results 105
3.29. Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 105
3.29.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 105
3.29.1.1.Generate and Submit Workplace Skills Plan Reports 105
3.29.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 105
3.29.2.1.Unemployment Insurance Fund Annual Limit 105
3.29.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 106
3.29.3.1.Comply with Statutory Updates for End of Year (EOY) 2008 106
3.29.4.1.Use the Updated Official Interest Rate (effective September 2008) 106
3.29.4.2.Use the Updated Official Interest Rate (effective March 2009) 106
3.29.4.3.Use Tax Year End 2009 Changes 106
3.29.4.4.Use Budget Speech Changes Beginning March 1, 2009 106
3.29.5. Release 12.1.2 106
3.29.5.2.Display Balance Breakdown 106
3.29.5.5.Use EMP201 Report 107
3.29.5.6.Use Net to Gross Functionality 107
3.29.5.7.Run the Tax Year End Data Validation Report at any Time 107
3.29.6. Release 12.1.3 107
3.29.6.1.Payroll Exception Reporting 107
3.29.7.1.Tax Register Report (XML) 107
3.29.8.2.Tax Loaders 108
3.29.9. Release 12.2.4 108
3.29.9.1.View and Print Income Tax Certificates via Employee Self-Service 108
3.30. Oracle HRMS (Spain) 109
3.30.1.1.Use the Updated NIE Format 109
3.30.1.2.Share CAC Numbers at New Levels 109
3.31. Oracle HRMS (Sweden) 109
3.31.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 109
3.31.1.1.Process Holiday Pay for Your Employees 109
3.31.1.3.Process Sick Pay for Your Employees 110
3.31.1.4.Generate Online Payslip 110
3.31.1.5.Use the Tax Card User Interface to Enter Tax Card Details 110
3.31.1.6.Manage End of Year Changes for 2006 110
3.31.1.7.Generate Payroll Reports for Statutory Compliance 110
3.31.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 111
3.31.2.1.Generate and Submit ALECTA Report 111
3.31.3.1.Use Updated Tax Tables and Tax Declaration Report 111
3.31.3.2.Use Updated Income Statement Reports and KU Reports (End of Year Changes 2009) 111
3.32. Oracle HRMS (UAE) 111
3.32.2. Release 12.1.2 111
3.32.4. Release 12.2.4 112
3.32.5.1.Loaders 112
3.33. Oracle HRMS (UK) 113
3.33.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 113
3.33.1.1.No Longer Need to Specify the National Identifier When Hiring Employees in SSHR 113
3.33.1.2.Calculate Accurate Average Earnings for Employees with Multiple Assignments 113
3.33.1.3.Generate Accurate Payroll Calculations Subsequent to Performing a Reverse Payroll Run 113
3.33.1.4.Display Accurate Details in the Payroll Summary Report 113
3.33.1.5.Accurately Employ Adjustments Against Court Order Elements 113
3.33.1.6.Specify Average Earning Amounts for Maternity Pay 113
3.33.1.7.Display the Correct Week in the Pay Advice Report 113
3.33.1.8.Use the Date Worked Payment Method to Pay Non-Recurring Claims 114
3.33.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 114
3.33.2.1.Use the New NUVOS Pension Scheme to Comply with Recent Statutory Updates 114
3.33.2.2.Use the New Local Government Pension Scheme to Comply with Statutory Changes 114
3.33.2.3.Comply with Statutory Changes to P46 Car EDI 114
3.33.2.4.Comply with Statutory Updates to P14 EDI 114
3.33.2.5.Comply with Pre-Budget Statutory Updates 114
3.33.2.6.Comply with Start of Year Statutory Updates 115
3.33.2.7.Comply with National Insurance Rollup Statutory Updates 115
3.33.2.8.Comply with Statutory Updates to In-Year Filing Reports 115
3.33.3.1.Comply with Recent Statutory Changes 116
3.33.4. Release 12.1.2 117
3.33.4.1.Upgrade Latest Balance Table 117
3.33.4.2.Partial Period Accruals 117
3.33.4.7.Use the Keep in Touch Days Field 118
3.33.4.8.P6/P9 Output 118
3.33.4.9.View SOE Balances 118
3.33.5. Release 12.1.3 118
3.33.5.1.BI Publisher (eText) Reports 118
3.33.5.2.Start Of Year (SOY) Future Changes Validation check 118
3.33.5.3.Defaulting PAYE Aggregation for Secondary Assignments 119
3.33.5.4.School Workforce Census Reporting (Public Sector) 119
3.33.6.1.New Manager SSHR Region to Record Evidence for Sickness Absence 119
3.33.7.1.Payroll Groups 120
3.33.8.1.Ability to Capture Disability Information in Self-Service 120
3.33.8.5.EYU Reconciliation Report 121
3.33.9.1.Leavers Payroll 121
3.33.9.2.FPS Merging 121
3.33.9.3.GB Default Aggregation via SSHR 121
3.33.10. Release 12.2 121
3.33.10.1.Element Register Report enabled 121
3.33.11. Release 12.2.4 122
3.34. Oracle HRMS (US) 122
3.34.1. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 122
3.34.1.1.Use Ethnic Categories Recognized by Agencies for EEO-1, EEO4, EEO5, and IPEDS Reports 122
3.34.1.2.Obtain VETS-100 Reports Based on the Previous Year 122
3.34.1.3.Statutory Changes to EEO-1 Paper and Magnetic Reports 122
3.34.1.4.Control Resident Wage Accumulation and Tax Calculation 123
3.34.1.5.Use Open Plan Solution Formats for TIAA-CREF Files 123
3.34.1.6.Capture Make-up Amounts for Roth Contributions on W-2s 123
3.34.1.7.Identify Initial and Subsequent Corrections on W-2Cs 123
3.34.1.8.Submit the Florida State Quarterly Wage Listings File in XML Format 123
3.34.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 124
3.34.2.1.Comply with State of Maryland W-2 Magnetic Media Updates 124
3.34.2.2.Comply with Social Security Administration Changes 124
3.34.2.3.Comply with Jurisdiction Information Tables and School District Updates 124
3.34.3.1.Correctly Print Multiple Child Support Attachment Numbers and Amounts on Third Party Checks and Third
Party NACHA Output 124
3.34.3.2.Override Garnishment Minimum Wage Rules and Factors to Comply with Non-Standard Involuntary
Deduction Requirements 124
3.34.3.3.Create Custom BI Publisher Templates for Payroll 124
3.34.3.4.Use New Retro Overlap Functionality 124
3.34.4. Release 12.1.2 125
3.34.4.1.Cash Management Integration with US Payroll for EFT (NACHA) Reconciliation 125
3.34.4.2.Select Custom Template When Printing Employee W-2s 125
3.34.4.3.XML-Based Employer W-2 to be Filed With the State Report 125
3.34.5. Release 12.1.3 125
3.34.5.1.Produce Printable and Customizable Online Payslips 125
3.34.6.1.New XML-Based Third Party Check Writer Process 125
3.34.6.2.Override State Withholding Lines in Self-Service 125
3.34.6.3.New Override Check Date for Check Writer (XML) Report 125
3.34.7.1.Employees Can Now Model Their Paychecks Online 126
3.34.7.2.Employee W-2c Now Available Online 126
3.34.7.3.New XML-Based Employee W-2c PDF Report More Versatile and Robust 126
3.34.8.1.Support for Local Employer Taxes 126
3.34.8.2.Support for State Tax Levies 126
3.34.9.1.Support for Local Pre-tax Taxability Rules 127
3.34.9.2.Electronic Payments for State Tax Levies 127
3.34.9.3.Simplified Employee Tax Record Display 127
3.34.9.4.Streamlined W-2 and 1099-R Electronic Filing 127
3.34.9.5.Enhanced Payroll Dashboard 127
3.34.10.1.Vertex Address Validation Web Service 128
3.34.10.2.Advance Vacation Payments 128
3.34.10.3.1099-R Corrections Processing 128
3.34.10.4.Support All State Minimum Wage Rates 128
3.34.10.5.Produce Zero Net Payslip 128
3.34.11.1.Update State Tax Withholding Forms Online 129
3.34.11.2.Bank Account Verification in SSHR 129
3.35. Oracle iRecruitment 129
3.35.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 129
3.35.1.1.Automatically Enroll New Hires into Compensation Plans Included in their Job Offers 129
3.35.2.1.Use the Changed Vacancy Status Field When Creating or Updating Vacancies 129
3.35.2.2.Reconsider Terminated Applications 129
3.35.2.3.View Annualized Salary Details when Creating or Updating Offers 130
3.35.2.4.Warn Managers or Display an Error Message if an Active Offer Exists During Offer Extension 130
3.35.2.5.View Offer Status and Offer Last Update Date for Applicants 130
3.35.2.6.View Offer Approval History 130
3.35.2.7.Search for Closed Offers 130
3.35.2.8.Withdraw Offers 131
3.35.3. Release 12.1.1 131
3.35.3.1.Interview Management 131
3.35.3.2.Recruitment Communications 132
3.35.3.3.Employee Referrals 132
3.35.3.4.Notifications for New Job Applications and Application Status Changes 132
3.35.3.5.Enhanced Searches 132
3.35.3.6.Attachments in Vacancy and Offers 133
3.35.3.7.Dashboards for Hiring Manager and Recruiter 133
3.35.3.8.Reconsider Terminated Applications 133
3.35.3.9.Offer Withdrawal 133
3.35.4. Release 12.1.2 134
3.35.4.1.Create External User Accounts for Candidate Records Created by Managers and Recruiters 134
3.35.4.2.Use RSS Feeds Links when Searching for Jobs 134
3.35.4.3.Use Links in the Notifications to Navigate to iRecruitment Pages 134
3.35.4.4.View Interview iCalendar File (.ics) Attachments in Notifications 134
3.35.4.5.View Salary Amounts in the Corporate Currency 134
3.35.4.6.View Resume and Documents on iRecruitment Pages 135
3.35.4.7.Provide Comments when Withdrawing or Terminating Job Applications 135
3.35.4.8.Use Document Type Restriction for File Uploads 135
3.35.4.9.View Job Details and Candidate Details in Context Windows on iRecruitment Pages 135
3.35.4.10.Record Notes About Applicants 135
3.35.5. Release 12.1.3 136
3.35.5.1.Candidate Profile 136
3.35.5.2.Find Duplicates 136
3.35.5.3.HR-XML 2.5 Compliance for Job Board Posting 136
3.35.5.4.Salary Basis and/or Proposed Salary Fields Non-Mandatory 136
3.35.5.5.Dated Updates for Application Statuses 137
3.35.5.6.Offer-Related Changes for Employee Applicants 137
3.35.6.1.View Application Details of a Hired Applicant 137
3.35.6.2.Initiate SSHR Applicant Hire Process from Offers 137
3.35.6.3.Dynamically Populate Vacancy and Application Status LOVs in iRecruitment 137
3.35.7.1.Access to Internal Job Site for Contingent Workers 138
3.35.8.1.Applicant Time Resume 138
3.35.8.2.Administer Assessment in Multiple Languages 138
3.35.8.3.View All Scheduled Interviews 138
3.35.8.4.Upload Offer Letters When Creating or Updating Offers 139
3.35.8.5.View Complete Interview Location Address Details 139
3.35.8.6.Control the Ability of Managers to Apply for Vacancies Created by Subordinate Employees in Their
Supervisor Hierarchy 139
3.35.8.7.Autocomplete Disabled for Certain Fields in iRecruitment 139
3.35.8.8.Enter Key Mapped with Go Button for Specific Fields in iRecruitment 139
3.35.8.9.Avoid Issues When Using DMZ Instance for iRecruitment 139
3.35.9. Release 12.2 139
3.35.9.1.Multiple Location Vacancy 139
3.36. Oracle iRecruitment Information Discovery 141
3.36.1. Release 12.1.3.4 141
3.36.1.1.Job Search for Candidates 141
3.37. Oracle International HR and Payroll 141
3.37.1.1.Support for Payroll Archiver 141
3.37.1.2.Online Payslip 141
3.37.1.3.Rehire Before FPD 142
3.37.1.4.Direct Deposit 142
3.37.1.5.Support for Enhanced Retro Pay 142
3.37.1.6.Payroll Exception Report 142
3.37.1.7.View Balance Self-Service Page 142
3.38. Oracle Labor Distribution 142
3.38.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 142
3.38.1.1.Use Employee Work Schedules to Distribute and Encumber Labor Costs 142
3.38.1.2.Set Up Clearing Accounts for Multiple Payrolls 143
3.38.1.3.Process Payroll Reversals, Balance Adjustments, and Retroactive Payments More Easily 143
3.38.1.4.Specify Accounting Dates When Transferring Distribution Lines to Oracle General Ledger, Oracle Projects,
and Oracle Grants Accounting 143
3.38.1.5.Use Parameter Sets to Run Scheduling and Distribution Reports More Easily 143
3.38.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 143
3.38.2.1.Rollback Create Distribution Lines Process for All Periods by Providing the Highest Time Period Name143
3.38.2.2.Use New Predefined Salary Cap Rates 143
3.38.2.3.Control the Behavior of the Import Process 144
3.38.3. Release 12.1.1 144
3.38.3.1.Integration with Award Distribution Functionality in Grants Accounting 144
3.38.4.1.Archive and Retrieval Processes for Pre-Gen Distribution Interface 144
3.38.5. Release 12.2.4 144
3.38.5.1.QuickPay Archiver Process for International HRMS Users 144
3.39. Oracle Learning Management 145
3.39.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2) 145
3.39.1.1.Check Duplicate Contacts for External Learners 145
3.39.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP4) 145
3.39.2.1.Use Keywords to Search for Courses in OLM 145
3.39.3. Release 12.1.1 145
3.39.3.1.Learners Can View Catalog Attachments 145
3.39.3.2.Free Text Question Type 145
3.39.3.3.Mandatory Enrollment 146
3.39.3.4.Course Evaluation 146
3.39.3.5.Reports for Certification, Forums and Chats 146
3.39.3.6.Learner Groups 147
3.39.3.7.Learner Basic Search Enhancements 147
3.39.4. Release 12.1.2 147
3.39.4.1.Electronic Signature 147
3.39.4.2.Administrator Access Control 148
3.39.4.3.Enhanced Learning Path Functionality 148
3.39.4.4.Automatic Calculation of End Date for Learner Competency 148
3.39.4.5.Reduced Number of Clicks in OLM Pages 148
3.39.5. Release 12.1.3 149
3.39.5.1.Pop-up Window on the Administrator Enrollments Page 149
3.39.5.2.Pop-up Window on the Administrator Catalog Page 149
3.39.6.1.SCORM 2004 Compliance 150
3.39.6.2.Enhanced Certification Functionality 150
3.39.7.1.Enhanced Learner Access Using Eligibility Profiles 150
3.39.8.1.Automatic Certification Subscription 151
3.39.8.2.Integration with Oracle WebCenter Content 151
3.39.8.3.Automatic Update Competence When Manually Setting Certification Status 152
3.39.8.4.Course Pictures 152
3.39.9.1.Player Status Update 152
3.39.9.2.Revoke Administrator Access Control 152
3.39.9.3.Preventing Closing and Collapsing of the Outline in the Player 152
3.39.10.1.Enrollment End Date in the Past 153
3.39.11. Release 12.2.4 153
3.39.11.1.New Learner Interface 153
3.39.11.2.Catalog Item Picture 153
3.39.11.3.Ratings and Reviews 153
3.39.12. Release 12.2.6 153
3.39.12.1.Sessions Displayed on Class Details Page 153
3.40. Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite 153
3.40.1. Overview 153
3.40.2. V. 1.0.0 154
3.40.3. V. 1.1.0 154
3.40.3.1.Certification Until Date on Certifications Detail Page 154
3.40.3.2.Additional Information on Class Details 154
3.40.3.3.Warning for Class Overlap 154
3.40.3.4.Evaluate Course or Class 155
3.40.4. V.1.2.0 155
3.41. Oracle Learning Management Information Discovery 155
3.41.1. Release 12.1.3.4 155
3.41.1.1.New Search and Browse 155
3.42. Oracle Payroll 156
3.42.1. Release 12.1.1 156
3.42.1.1.Approval Mechanism for Manager Self-Service - Assignment Costing 156
3.42.1.2.Upgrade of Historical Costing Data to Support Subledger Accounting 156
3.42.2. Release 12.1.2 156
3.42.2.1.Purge Process for Pay Events Table 156
3.42.3.1.Quick RetroPay 156
3.42.3.2.Self-Service Batch Element Entry 156
3.42.4.1.Void Check Process 157
3.42.6.1.Auto-Populate Third Party Bank Information 157
3.42.6.2.Ability to Add Extra Payroll Period to Weekly or Biweekly Payroll Calendar 157
3.42.6.3.Costing of Payment Reports 158
3.42.6.4.Enhanced Payroll Dashboard 158
3.42.7.1.Manage Assignment Set Using Web ADI 158
3.42.8. Release 12.2 158
3.42.8.1.Enhanced Retro Pay set as Default 158
3.42.9. Release 12.2.4 158
3.42.9.1.Create and Update Multiple Retro Assignments Using Web ADI Spreadsheet 158
3.42.10. Release 12.2.6 159
3.42.10.1.RetroPay Enhanced Results 159
3.43. Oracle Performance Management 159
3.43.1. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 159
3.43.1.1.Manage Offline Appraisals 159
3.43.1.2.Web ADI Support for Succession Planning Data Update 159
3.43.2.1.Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style While Creating Objectives159
3.43.2.2.Create Appraisals for New Employees and Transfers Whose Employment Start Date is Later than the
Appraisal Task Start Date 159
3.43.2.3.View the Status of Scorecards and Appraisals of Workers Who are No Longer Part of Published Plan
Population 160
3.43.2.4.Provide Percentage Complete Value Either More than or Less than 100 for Objectives 160
3.43.2.5.Update Description Details of Objectives Created by Employees 160
3.43.2.6.Add Jobs and Job Competency Requirements During An Appraisal Period 160
3.43.3. Release 12.1.1 160
3.43.3.1.Mass Cascading of Objectives 160
3.43.3.2.Line of Sight of Objectives 161
3.43.3.3.Display Workforce Performance Management Appraisals in the Appraisals Function 161
3.43.3.4.Reference to Talent Management Replaced with Performance Management 161
3.43.3.5.Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style While Creating Objectives161
3.43.3.6.Display Competency and Objectives Scores on Workflow Notification Page 161
3.43.3.7.Changes to Reject Option in Notifications 162
3.43.3.8.Enhance Capability of HR Administrator Function 162
3.43.3.9.Process for Managing Completed Performance Management Plans 162
3.43.4. Release 12.1.2 162
3.43.4.1.Use Eligibility Criteria to Define Plan Population 162
3.43.4.2.Use Performance Journal 163
3.43.5. Release 12.1.3 163
3.43.5.1.Manage Appraisals of Terminated Workers 163
3.43.5.2.Other Changes to the Appraisals Function 163
3.43.5.3.Editable Pop-up for Quick Updates to Objectives 163
3.43.6.1.Performance Administrator enhancements 163
3.43.7.1.Perform Mass Change of Appraisers 164
3.43.7.2.Use Configurable Print Options to Print Appraisals 164
3.43.7.3.Use New Questionnaire Administration Feature 165
3.43.8. Release 12.2 165
3.43.8.1.Use Star Ratings to Rate Performance and Proficiency Levels 165
3.44. Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 165
3.44.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2) 165
3.44.1.1.Allow Transition Initiator to Delete Pending for Approval Transactions 165
3.44.1.2.Self-Service Change Pay Rate Functionality 166
3.44.2.1.View Accrual Balances for Employees Across Business Groups 166
3.44.2.2.Avoid Errors When Routing Approvals in Oracle SSHR 166
3.44.3. Release 12.1.1 167
3.44.3.1.Adjusted Service Date 167
3.44.3.2.Grade Step and Point Changes 167
3.44.3.3.Leave Accrual Information Based on Effective Date 168
3.44.3.4.Secured Access for Workflow Administrators Using Security Profiles 168
3.44.3.5.Succession Planning 168
3.44.4. Release 12.1.1+ 168
3.44.4.1.Employee Talent Profile 168
3.44.5. Release 12.1.2 169
3.44.5.1.Hire Employee Applicant into New Assignments 169
3.44.5.2.Rehire Former Employees 169
3.44.5.3.View Oracle Self-Service Attachments in Oracle HRMS 169
3.44.5.4.Terminate Secondary Assignments 169
3.44.5.5.Use Context Sensitive EITs 169
3.44.5.6.View Employee Information in Pop-up Windows 170
3.44.6. Release 12.1.3 170
3.44.6.1.Hire Employee Applicants and Replace or Merge Applicant Assignment with Primary Assignment 170
3.44.6.2.Reverse Termination 170
3.44.6.3.Voluntary Termination 170
3.44.6.4.Transaction Details in FYI Notifications 171
3.44.6.5.View Entitlement Balances in Notifications 171
3.44.6.6.Restrict Absence Type LOV 171
3.44.7.1.Support for Parallel Approvals in SSHR 171
3.44.7.2.Organization Chart 172
3.44.8.1.Launch Actions from Side Navigator in Organization Chart or Talent Profile 172
3.44.8.2.Control the Display of Effective Date, Review, and Confirmation Pages 172
3.44.8.3.Use Quick Termination and Change Hours Processes 172
3.44.8.4.Current Effective Date Appears on Initial Page 173
3.44.9.1.SSHR Transaction Monitor 173
3.44.10.1.Assignment-Level Hierarchy Support in Talent Profile and Organization Chart 173
3.45. Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite 174
3.45.2. V 1.0.0 174
3.45.3. V 1.1.0 174
3.45.3.1.Mobile Self-Service Human Resources Additional Features 174
3.46. Oracle Succession Planning 175
3.46.1. Release 12.1.2 175
3.46.1.1.Succession Plans 175
3.46.1.2.Suitability Matching 175
3.46.1.3.Talent Profile Comparison Report 175
3.46.1.4.Update Succession Plan EIT for Workers 175
3.46.1.5.Create Succession Plans for Contingent Workers 176
3.46.1.6.View Talent Profile of Workers from Succession Planning Page 176
3.46.1.7.View Succession Plans of Former Employees 176
3.46.1.8.View Employee Information in Popup Windows 176
3.46.2. Release 12.1.3 176
3.46.2.1.Usability Changes in Succession Planning 176
3.46.3. Release 12.1.3+ 176
3.46.3.1.Enhanced Succession Planning 176
3.46.3.2.Succession Planning Portals for Talent Managers and HR Professionals 177
3.46.3.3.Succession Analytics 177
3.46.3.4.View Succession Hierarchy 177
3.46.3.5.Succession Plan Administration 178
3.46.4. Release 12.2.5 178
3.46.4.1.Configurable Talent Matrix 178
3.47. Oracle Time and Labor 178
3.47.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2) 178
3.47.1.1.Automatic Days-to-Hours Conversion 178
3.47.1.2.Mixed Format Entries 179
3.47.2.1.Use the Multi-Threaded Archive and Restore Process 179
3.47.3. Release 12.1.1 179
3.47.3.1.Blank Timecard Rows Retained when Saving Timecard 179
3.47.3.2.Define Number of Timesheet Line Rows to Pre-Populate 179
3.47.3.3.Summarize Regular/Overtime Hours Separately 180
3.47.3.4.Supervisor Report to Identify Missing Timesheets 180
3.47.3.5.Supervisor List of Timesheets Expected and Status Online 180
3.47.3.6.Use the Audit Change Report to Identify Changes Made to Timesheets 180
3.47.3.7.Audit Trail on Time Cards 180
3.47.3.8.Display Last Person Who Updated Timesheet 180
3.47.3.9.Changes in Core HR and OTL to Support Services Procurement 181
3.47.3.10.Multiple Alias Support in Notification Layout 181
3.47.3.11.Oracle Time and Labor User Interface Enhancements 181
3.47.3.12.Disabled Text Field Enhancement 181
3.47.3.13.Enhancement to Preference Eligibility Criteria (Responsibility-Based Preference) 182
3.47.4. Release 12.1.2 182
3.47.4.1.OTL Time Card integration with HR Absences 182
3.47.5. Release 12.1.3 182
3.47.5.1.Time Card Retrieval Dashboard 182
3.47.6.1.Rollback Transfer Time from OTL to Batch Element Entry Process. 183
3.47.6.2.Retrieval Dashboard Changes 183
3.47.7.1.Enhanced Timecard Status Dashboard 183
3.47.8. Release 12.1 RUP7 183
3.47.8.1.Self-Service Additional Details 183
3.47.8.2.Assignment Time Information 183
3.47.9.1.Time Entry Detail Report 184
3.47.9.2.OTLR Timecard Integration with HR Absences 184
3.47.9.3.Day of the Week Rule 184
3.47.10. Release 12.2 184
3.47.10.1.New Projects Layouts for Actual Costing 184
3.47.10.2.Attachments in Timecards 184
3.47.10.3.Checkbox to Confirm Time Entry Accuracy 184
3.47.11. Release 12.2.5 185
3.47.11.1.Concurrent Run of Transfer Time for OTL to BEE 185
3.47.12. Release 12.2.6 185
3.47.12.1.Credit Overtime as Absence Accrual 185
3.47.12.2.New Calendar View of Timecards 185
3.48. Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 185
3.48.2. V.1.1.0 186
3.48.2.1.Mobile Foundation Updates 186
3.48.3. V. 1.2.0 186
3.48.4. V. 1.3.0 186
3.48.4.1.Mobile Timecards Additional Features 186
3.48.5. V. 1.4.0 186
3.48.6. V.1.5.0 187
3.49. Oracle US Federal Human Resources 187
3.49.1. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 187
3.49.1.1.Process Pay for Employees Based on the Title 38 Public Law 187
3.49.1.2.Use Multiple Legal Authority Descriptions When Processing AFHR Employees 187
3.49.2.1.Comply with Inspector General Pay Reform Implementation 187
3.49.2.2.Use the New Regions Available in the Self-Service Pages 188
1. Disclaimer
This Release Content Document (RCD) describes product features that are proposed for
the specified releases of the Oracle E-Business Suite. This document describes new or
changed functionality only. Existing functionality from prior releases is not described. It
is intended solely to help you assess the business benefits of upgrading to the specified
release of the Oracle E-Business Suite.
This document in any form, software or printed matter, contains proprietary information
that is the exclusive property of Oracle. Your access to and use of this confidential
material is subject to the terms and conditions of your Oracle Software License and
Service Agreement, which has been executed and with which you agree to comply. This
document and information contained herein may not be disclosed, copied, reproduced or
distributed to anyone outside Oracle without prior written consent of Oracle. This
document is not part of your license agreement nor can it be incorporated into any
contractual agreement with Oracle or its subsidiaries or affiliates.
This document is for informational purposes only and is intended solely to assist you in
planning for the implementation and upgrade of the product features described. It is not a
commitment to deliver any material, code, or functionality, and should not be relied upon
in making purchasing decisions. The development, release, and timing of any features or
functionality described in this document remains at the sole discretion of Oracle.
Due to the nature of the product architecture, it may not be possible to safely include all
features described in this document without risking significant destabilization of the code.
2. Introduction
2.1. Purpose of Document

This Release Content Document (RCD) communicates information about new or changed
functionality introduced in Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2, and in
subsequent Release Update Packs (RUPs) and off-cycle patches. For your convenience, it
also includes new or changed functionality introduced in the RUPs for Release 12,
including 12.0.2 through 12.0.7.
The features and enhancements described in this document are grouped by product, and
then by the release in which they first became available, for example, Release 12.1.1.
Features released in an off-cycle patch have a special designation for example, a feature
released after 12.1.1, but before 12.1.2, is designated as Release 12.1.1+.
3. New and Changed Features in Human Capital
Management
3.1. Oracle Advanced Benefits
3.1.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.1.1.1. Reopen Life Events Process

This enhancement enables you to reopen a large number of life events as a batch.
Previously, each life event had to be reopened individually. In combination with the OE
Window Modification functionality, you can extend enrollment windows after reopening
the processed events.
3.1.1.2. Open Enrollment Window Modification

The new concurrent process Manage Open Enrollment Window enables you to modify
the Enrollment Period End Date, Processing End Date, or Default Enrollment Date, or to
provide a Number of Days Extension for an existing Open Enrollment Window.
3.1.1.3. Tracking Ineligible to Ineligible Row Creation

When the Track Ineligible flag is on, and a participant was initially found ineligible for
the compensation object, this functionality writes a new row for a subsequent life event
even though the participant remains ineligible. The new ineligibility row contains
updated derived factor values for tracking and calculations.
3.1.1.4. Additional Input Parameters for Fast Formulas

PERSON_ID can now be passed as an input value in Fast Formulas. In the past,
PERSON_ID had to be derived from the ASSIGNMENT_ID.
3.1.2. Release 12.1.1
3.1.2.1. Enforce Minimum Coverage for Life Events with No Electable Choices
Situations occur in which due either to data issues or to configuration issues, where a
participant is found ineligible for something in which they are currently enrolled. The
participant loses coverage and is not allowed to make elections for the event.
To detect and handle these cases, the application is enhanced to perform the following:
Identify whether the minimum enrollment for the Plan Type in Program should
be checked for a business group when an event is processed and the person
cannot make elections.
When an event is processed that does not allow the person to make elections,
check whether the person has lost coverage.
If the person lost coverage and is still eligible for the Plan Type in Program that
they were enrolled in, check whether a person still meets the Plan Type in
Program minimum limitation requirements.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 23
Generate an error if the requirements are not met so that the person does not lose
coverage and the eligibility issues can be resolved.
3.1.2.2. Restrict Display of Primary Care Provider

Prior to this release, the Plan Primary Care Provider (PCP) setup controlled the display of
primary care providers. This enhancement enables you to configure, based on life events,
whether the Primary Care Provider page in Self-Service Benefits should be displayed. A
new field called Show Primary Care Provider is available on the Life Event Reasons
form. This new feature provides enables you to accept the PCP information only during
the annual or initial enrollments, and to allow the medical carrier to maintain the PCP
information thereafter.
3.1.2.3. Enhanced Individual Contribution Distribution

The Individual Compensation Distribution (ICD) module has been enhanced for
Managers and Compensation Administrators. Line managers can now:
Enter multiple input values associated with an element in a compensation plan.
Within ICD, you can use the whole list or a partial list of defined input values
associated with an element. You can rename input values for display in Self-
Service You can also override the sequencing and updateability of input values
within ICD.
Award multiple compensations of the same or different types to an employee
within a single transaction on the same or different dates.
Update and delete active and future compensations (for example, to change the
amount, change the dates, or delete the award).
Indicate a distribution end date for a recurring compensation within the same
transaction in which it is awarded.
With regard to ICD plans, administrators can now:
Configure validation on input values based on Value Sets, Data Types,
Minimum, Maximum, and Default, Lookups and Fast Formula.
Configure element entry flexfields to capture compensation-related information
for an employee. For example, justification for the compensation can now be
configured as a flexfield, captured during the transaction and stored as part of the
employee element entries.
Default input values as fixed values or by using a fast formula.
Search employees and update or delete awards.
View, update, and delete element entries that did not originate in ICD.
Configure action items for compensation plans. This will put a persons
compensation on hold until the action item is provided.
3.1.3. Release 12.1.2
3.1.3.1. Use Default Enrollment to Reinstate Backed-Out Intervening Events

Benefits administrators can now use the reinstatement code Reinstate Unless New
Explicit Elections Exist to reinstate elections made for a backed-out event, unless explicit
elections have been made within the plan type for an intervening event.
3.1.3.2. Carry Forward Certifications for Life Events Without Configured
Coverage Restrictions
Using the new system profile BEN: Carry Forward Certification, benefits administrators
can carry forward interim and suspended coverage that was created due to coverage
restriction for a life event when subsequent life events do not have coverage restrictions.
3.1.3.3. Recalculate Imputed Income When Enrollment is Unsuspended

This enhancement enables benefits administrators to recalculate the imputed income rate
as of when coverage subject to imputed income becomes unsuspended and changes due
to receipt of certification.
3.1.3.4. Suppress HIPAA if Participant Gains Electability in Alternate Plan Type

There may be multiple plan types within a program that have plans subject to HIPAA. If
a person is dropped from a plan that is subject to HIPAA but continues in a different plan
that is also subject to HIPAA, a new HIPAA communication is not required. This
enhancement enables benefits administrators to suppress the communication trigger type
Participant Deenrollment HIPAA if a participant is dropped from coverage in a plan
subject to HIPAA but gains electability to others plans subject to HIPAA within a
different plan type in the same program.
3.1.4. Release 12.1.3
3.1.4.1. User Defined Criteria for Dependent Eligibility

The current person-related criteria available for dependent eligibility include the statuses
Disabled, Marital, Military, and Student. User-defined criteria available for participant
profiles enable an expanded choice of criteria, including descriptive flexfields. With this
enhancement, benefits administrators can define dependent eligibility based on an
expanded choice of criteria from PER_ALL_PEOPLE_F such as Tobacco Use, Benefits
Group, or a descriptive flexfield.
3.1.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5
3.1.5.1. View Rate History in Self-Service Benefits

With this enhancement, participants can view all of the rate values associated with an
enrollment result in Self-Service Benefits. Rates may change over the span of a single
coverage period. Now, participants can view costs over the entire timespan of coverage .
3.1.5.2. Close Enrollment in Self-Service

Prior to this enhancement, when a life event is set to close when elections are made, the
event will not close when the elections are made in Self-Service Benefits until the Close
Enrollment concurrent process is run. Now benefits administrators can allow participants
to close such enrollments in Self-Service Benefits. Once a life event is closed, the
participants can then make elections and proceed with a subsequent or previously backed-
out life event without intervention from the back office.
3.1.5.3. Reopen Reinstated Enrollment

A benefits administrator can now decide whether reinstated enrollments should be
automatically closed or whether an enrollment opportunity should be reopened to allow
participants to confirm or update the reinstated results. Before this enhancement, if the
reinstated results needed to be changed, the life event had to be manually reopened. Now
it is possible to allow participants to use Self-Service Benefits to make any adjustments to
the backed out enrollment without back office intervention.
3.1.5.4. Deactivate Communication Type

Prior to this release users could not end a communication type that was no longer being
offered. Now users can deactivate a communication type that is no longer in use to stop it
from triggering on a persons record.
The flag is date-tracked and easily viewable. The benefits professional can see when a
communication is no longer being provided and can reactivate the communication type if
it is needed at a later date.
3.1.5.5. Eligibility for Person Changes and Communication Types

In addition to defining a life event based on a person change, benefits administrators can
attach eligibility profiles so that static data associated with the person can be considered
when determining whether a life event should be detected.
Also, eligibility profiles can be associated with a communication type, adding additional
criteria to the trigger and usage definitions to determine whether the person should be
receiving a communication type. This reduces the unnecessary detection of life events
and communication types.
3.1.5.6. All Ineligible Flag for Compensation Objects

Now when a compensation object is no longer being offered, benefits administrators can
flag the object to be discontinued. When the participation process is run, it will find all
persons ineligible, causing existing enrollees to be de-enrolled and prohibiting any ability
to enroll.
Prior to this enhancement, benefits administrators had to create an eligibility profile with
artificial criteria to find all possible participants ineligible. This required the administrator
to continue to monitor and maintain eligibility due to the possibility of a person actually
meeting the artificial profile criteria. The flag is also clearly visible and date-tracked,
allowing the benefits professional to quickly see whether a compensation object is
currently discontinued.
3.1.5.7. Use Person Selection Rule for the Extract Process

This feature adds Person Selection Rule as an optional parameter for running a system
extract. This allows users to collect data for a subset of the original population on an ad
hoc basis without having to modify the selection criteria in the extract definition or create
copies.
3.1.5.8. Delete Unrestricted Enrollment

Prior to this enhancement, once an unrestricted life event (Oracle Standard Benefits) had
been detected and started for a person, there was no process for removing the life event
and any associated benefit enrollment data. If an unrestricted enrollment was made for as
of an original hire date, but that date needed to be moved forward in time, this could not
be done because it would result in benefit information starting on a date prior to the start
date of the persons record in the system. Now a concurrent process can be added to a
responsibilitys request group to enable the user to remove all of the data associated with
an unrestricted enrollment for a person.
3.1.6.1. Enhanced Life Event Summary Report

A new module is added to the Life Event Summary report to provide details about life
events in Detected and Unprocessed statuses. This gives benefits administrators more
information regarding what life events exist during the specified time period and who
may have unprocessed life events that that may need to be addressed before later life
events, such as open enrollment, can be processed.
3.1.6.2. Trigger Life Events from Person and Assignment Information Types
With this release, benefits administrators can define Person changes based on the creation
of or a change to a Person or Assignment Extra Information Type. This enhancement
provides additional sources for detecting life events and opening enrollment
opportunities.
3.1.6.3. Control Ability to Designate Participant as Beneficiary

Plan requirements may prohibit participants from designating themselves as beneficiaries.
With this release, the beneficiary designations can be configured to exclude the
participant as a potential plan beneficiary.
3.1.7.1. Show/Hide by Plan Type on Self-Service Selection Page

With this enhancement, participants can hide the electable choices within a plan type.
This allows participants to restrict the view to only those plan types for which they intend
to make elections and minimize the need to scroll through the window.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.1.7.2. Exclude Dependents from System Extract

Before this enhancement, even if a participant is excluded from an extract based on the
person type usage, dependents were not excluded when special handling was used. The
new person selection criterion Participants Person Type Usage allows dependents to be
selected or excluded based on the person type of the associated participant.
3.1.7.3. Limit Related Person Life Event Based on Loss of Coverage

The new System Profile BEN: Check Related Person now allows benefits administrators
to limit the detection of life events for related persons to only those contacts who have
lost coverage due to ineligibility or change in contact relationship. This limits the
detection and processing of unnecessary life events.
3.1.7.4. Attachments During Self-Service Enrollment

A new page has been added to Self-Service Benefits that provides participants with
information regarding documents or certifications needed to complete the enrollment.
Participants can upload such documentation. Benefits administrators can then view the
attachments associated with the life event and complete the action items.
3.1.7.5. Email Documents Generated from System Extract

Using System Extract, benefits administrators can generate XML notices and reminders
for individuals. Until this release, there was no automatic way to deliver the
communications. New parameters have been added to the Extract process and the Extract
Write process so that administrators can select whether the extract results should be sent
via email to the recipient, and can enter the From and Reply To email addresses. The
email server details are defined through two system profiles:
FND: SMPT Host
FND:SMPT Port
3.1.7.6. Email Benefit Confirmation Statements

With this release, the new concurrent process Ben Confirmation Summary and Email
enables benefits administrators to email the delivered confirmation statement to
participants. Additionally, the administrator can include a subject line, From address, and
Reply To address.
The email server details are defined in two system profiles:
FND: SMPT Host
FND:SMPT Port
3.1.8.1. Self-Service Text for the Attachment Page

Benefits administrators can now add instructions in the form of self-service text
communication types to the Attachment page in Self-Service Benefits. Text can be added
for
the overall attachment content
the person attachment content
the dependent attachment content
the beneficiary attachment content
Participants can now be given additional information about and instructions for loading
attachments for certifications required as part of the enrollment.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.1.8.2. Updates to the Benefit Selection Page

With this release, benefits administrators can elect to use an updated benefit selection
page within their Self-Service Benefits train. With this new page, additional information
such as coverage start date and a popup with certification type and due dates are
available. The expand and collapse feature enables users to control what compensation
offerings are displayed, so that they can focus on items of interest.
3.1.8.3. Process Life Events from the View Person Life Event Form
Administrators can now process life events and view or enter a life event on the Potential
Life Event tab of the View Person Life Event form using the new Process Life Event
button. Existing rules such as the processing of the earliest occurring unprocessed events,
collision evaluation, collapsing logic, and timeliness still apply.
3.1.8.4. Updates to the COBRA Letters

The COBRA Initial Notification and COBRA Enrollment letters have been updated to
include recommended text about the option to use the healthcare exchanges under the
Affordable Care Act.
3.1.9.1. Generate 1095-Cs (US)

This release includes the ability to generate the 1095-C reports required by the US
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) under the Employer Shared Responsibility requirement of
the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA). Functionality includes:
Concurrent processes to archive and purge report data
Ability to view individual archive results
Concurrent process to print or generate XML file
Ability to print and re-archive on the individual or employer level
Multithread processing
3.1.10. Release 12.2.6
3.1.10.1. Record Employee COBRA Healthcare Offer Details (US)

When COBRA is not administered internally, this feature allows benefits administrators
to store healthcare offers and self-insured coverage provided to active employees who
have COBRA eligibility. These details are then included in the archive process for 1095-
C reporting.
3.2. Oracle Approvals Management
3.2.1.1. View Approval History and Approvers

A new approval history region enables you to view the current approval history for a
transaction and to display the next level of approvers. You can integrate the generic
region with various applications to display the approvers.
3.2.2. Release 12.1.1
3.2.2.1. Approval Deviations Report

Oracle Approval Management Engine (AME) is a web application for defining business
rules based on which transactions are approved in Oracle Applications. AME generates a
standard approver list based on the rules that were set up for transaction types either by
the approvals management administrator or by the approvals management business
analyst. Any change to the standard approver list is a deviation.
Using the Approvals Deviation report, you can capture the approval deviations that
occurred, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) Act.
3.3. Oracle Compensation Workbench
3.3.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2)
3.3.1.1. View All Compensation Detail Reports without Changing Responsibilities

RUP2 delivers the ability for compensation administrators to view Compensation Detail
reports based on the HR security profile instead of the manager hierarchy. For example,
administrators can now view all employees in a particular country without having to
access or switch to a senior executive responsibility.
Additional enhancements to the Compensation Detail Report page include:
Employee information, which was previously displayed in a single table, is now
grouped using tabs.
The plan selection page and the parameters page of the old report have been
replaced by filters that can be hidden in the report page.
A new check box, Do Not Restrict By Hierarchy, has been added to the filters.
A Salary Statistics tab displays plans that have salary adjustment. The report can
be downloaded in a spreadsheet format based on filter specifications.
3.3.1.2. Provide Responsibility-Based Plan Security for Administrators

This enhancement allows organizations to regulate administrator access to plan
information in Compensation Workbench. In Release 12, administrators have
uncontrolled access to all plans in the Compensation Workbench setup, presenting
potential security and data privacy issues. Now, an administrator can be granted super
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Approvals Management 30
administrator privileges with access to new setup pages in which the responsibilities of
other administrators can be mapped to the plans that they are allowed to access. The same
setup pages can be used to revoke access.
This security mechanism is not enabled by default and does not change the default
behavior of Compensation Workbench. If Plan Security is required, super administrators
can enable it from the Compensation Workbench preferences page.
3.3.1.3. Reduce Post-Processing Time Between Multiple Business Organizations

To enable more powerful filtering capabilities in the Compensation Workbench Post
Process, the new parameter Person Selection Rule has been added to the Post Process
page parameters. By selecting a rule or a fast formula defined as type Person Selection,
users can filter the employee population eligible for processing. Multiple organizations
can now be processed in parallel. For example, a Person Selection rule can be defined to
identify certain employees across different organizations.
This new parameter is optional and is available when submitting the Compensation
Workbench Post Process request from the Compensation Workbench Administrator's
home page or as a concurrent request from the Professional User Interface.
3.3.1.4. Perform Dynamic Calculations in Multiple Columns

This enhancement allows users to define dynamic calculations on the rate columns,
specifically the worksheet amount rates, separately from the custom columns (custom
segments 1 through 20). Users can also define a condition and condition results using
column names, and define custom errors and warnings based on their requirements.
This feature is optional and is configured and enabled by the compensation
administrators.
3.3.2. Release 12.1.1
3.3.2.1. Awards Based on Anniversary Date

Prior to this release, Oracle Compensation Workbench allowed employee rewards to be
paid out on a single day across the eligible population. This enhancement provides the
ability to reward employees based on an anniversary or variable date. The award effective
date could be based on an employees latest hire date, date of last pay increase or
promotion, or any other reference point. You can define your business rules to determine
award effective dates for employees. Award effective dates can be defaulted into the
Compensation Workbench worksheet, where managers may or may not be able to make
updates. This allows managers to perform up-front budgeting and to allocate
compensation based on the individual employees award effective date.
3.3.2.2. Print Total Compensation Statements for Groups of Employees

Prior to this release, you could print statements for one employee at a time. With this
enhancement, you can print statements for groups of employees at the same time. A new
batch process, Print Employee Statements, and a new user interface for submitting this
batch process are now available. The administrator can also generate sample statements
before submitting the final print job.
This enhancement provides an efficient way to print and distribute hard copies of Total
Compensation Statements to employees.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 31
Additionally, enhancements have been made to the selection method for the existing
Generate Employee Statements and Purge Employee Statements batch processes. The
Generate Employee Statements process will evaluate any eligibility profiles defined in
the statement setup in addition to the parameters selected allowing them further filter the
employee population. The administrator now has more flexibility when selecting the
employee population for whom statements are to be generated or purged.
3.3.2.3. Display the Worksheet Manager in the Switch To Manager Search Page
Prior to this release, the search results on the Switch To Manager page only provided the
employees supervisor. However, when an employee has been reassigned from one
manager's compensation worksheet to another, the worksheet manager becomes different
from their supervisor thus making it difficult for managers to search and identify the
employees actual worksheet manager.
With this release, managers and administrators now see the employees worksheet
manager and supervisor in the Switch To Manager search results within the compensation
worksheet. This makes it easier to correctly identify the worksheet manager to whom
they need to switch.
3.3.2.4. New Salary Proposal to be Explicitly Approved

Prior to this release, when a new salary proposal for a new hire was created on the Salary
Administration page, it was automatically approved by default even if the user did not
have the approval authority. This enhancement offers the ability to explicitly control
approvals for new salary proposals.
The enhancement ensures that the new salary proposal approval is SOX compliant.
3.3.2.5. Update Percentage of Eligible Salary in Employee Administration

Compensation administrators can now update or override an employees percentage of
eligible salary in the Employee Administration page. Previously this could only be
updated via the allocation worksheet.
3.3.2.6. View Performance Appraisal Details in Compensation Workbench

Customers who use Oracle E-Business Suite Performance Management can now view an
employees latest completed appraisal directly from the Oracle Compensation
Workbench allocation worksheet. This means managers can review their employees
latest completed appraisals without having to switch responsibilities to Performance
Management.
Previously, managers were only able to view their employees final ratings when
rewarding their employees. Being able to view employee performance appraisal details
directly from the Compensation Workbench worksheet enable managers to make more
informed decisions when rewarding their employees. Overall, this feature offers a more
tightly integrated Talent Management solution.
3.3.3. Release 12.1.2
3.3.3.1. Streamline the Promotions and Allocations Process with Enhanced

Compensation Workbench Spreadsheet Download/Upload Features
Compensation administrators and managers can now use the following new features that
enhance the Compensation Workbench spreadsheet download and upload mechanism and
provides the ability to:
Personalize the Compensation Workbench spreadsheet download column
prompts (labels) for each plan.
This is especially useful for service providers who host different organizations on
a single software instance. Compensation administrators can utilize this feature to
provide unique labels for each organization's plans to meet different business
requirements.
Use the spreadsheet capabilities to update employee promotion data and upload
the changes back to Compensation Workbench.
Compensation managers with large numbers of employees for whom they make
job, grade, position or other promotions-related changes will appreciate a
streamlined promotions process.
Upload custom segments and other rate values to Compensation Workbench.

Prior to this release, compensation managers could update custom segments and
other rates only through the Compensation Workbench worksheet, which could
be cumbersome. With this feature, they can upload custom segment and other
rate changes at the same time, which simplify and make the allocations process
more efficient.
3.3.3.2. Display Market Salary Survey Data in Compensation Workbench

Compensation Workbench now enables compensation managers to compare their
employees' salaries to the prevailing market average wages (based on data that is
imported into or set up in the Oracle HRMS system), thus ensuring equity in pay when
rewarding their employees.
3.3.4. Release 12.1.3
3.3.4.1. Performance and Promotion History Pop-up Window in Worksheet

Performance and promotion history, including such details as current and prior ratings,
rankings, job and position changes, can now be viewed by opening a new window with
one click in the compensation allocation worksheet.
The ability to see an employees performance and promotion history in one place using
one or two simple clicks enables compensation managers to make better, more informed
decisions when rewarding their employees.
3.3.4.2. Post Zero Salary Increases

Compensation administrators now have the option to post zero (0.00) salary increases or
increments from Compensation Workbench to HR. This means there will now be a record
of a zero change amount in salary proposals of employees who did not receive a salary
increase.
3.3.4.3. Control Period for Viewing Appraisals in Compensation Allocation

Worksheet
The ability to view employee performance appraisal details from within the
compensation allocation worksheet has been further improved by allowing the
administrator to control the date after which completed performance appraisals will be
available to managers.
If there are multiple years of performance appraisals in Performance Management, or
employees only have completed appraisals from the previous year and not the current
period, then when the new year's Compensation Workbench plan is opened, managers
will only see their employees' performance appraisals from the previous period. This
feature ensures that managers will only see the latest completed appraisals for their
employees when making compensation award decisions for the current period.
3.3.4.4. Refresh Plan, Employee and Summary Data from Compensation

Workbench Home Page
Prior to this release, the Compensation Workbench refresh process was only available in
the professional user interface. Now it is available to administrators on the Compensation
Workbench home page, enabling them to refresh plan, summary, or employee HR data all
within Compensation Workbench.
3.3.4.5. Ensure Employees New Salary is Within Grade Range

This new features gives compensation managers and administrators the option to validate
an employees new salary against their salary grade range. This helps to ensure manager
compliance with company compensation policies and better pay equity for employees.
3.3.5.1. Proposed Grade Range, Proposed Grade Midpoint, and Proposed

Comparatio Now Available for Spreadsheet Download
The following fields are now available to download to spreadsheet: Proposed Grade
Range, Proposed Grade Midpoint, and Proposed Comparatio. This helps managers who
need to work offline or who do not have access to Compensation Workbench to make
better and more informed business decisions during the compensation planning cycle.
3.3.5.2. Back Out Compensation Workbench Life Events Process for Single Person
Administrators can now back out the Compensation Workbench Life Events process for a
single employee, offering a simple way to back out just one person. Until now, the only
way to accomplish this was to write a person selection rule.
3.3.5.3. Optionally Hide In-Progress Salary Increases in Employee History

Enterprises may not want their managers to see salary increases that are in progress if
they only have access to non-base salary type compensation plans. Even if managers do
have access to base salary compensation plans, it can be confusing to see an In Progress
row for an employee's salary increase not yet in effect. Compensation Workbench now
offers the option to prevent In Progress rows for salary increases from being displayed
when viewed in the Employee History region on the Salary Administration page.
3.3.5.4. Download Data Using Web ADI

You can now download data to an Excel spreadsheet using Web ADI for the Employee
Stock Option History and Employee Compensation History reports. You can also now
download the Post-Process Summary and Error reports. This is useful for managers with
a large number of employees when performing audits or reconciliation of compensation
allocations.
3.3.6.1. Email Employee Compensation Statements

Until now, administrators and managers could only print hard copies of employee
compensation statements and manually distribute them. With this release, statements can
now be securely emailed to employees. Administrators can also send statements to a test
email account to verify and resolve any issues before emailing the official statements.
Employees receive their statements quickly and efficiently, broadening the
communication channel between administrators, managers, and employees.
3.3.6.2. Email Total Compensation Statements

In addition to viewing their statements online in Employee Self-Service or receiving a
printed hard copy, employees can now have their total compensation statements emailed
to them. Administrators can choose to email all total compensation statements or to select
a group of employees, just as they can with the mass print process. They can also test
email statements to resolve any issues prior to emailing the official statements to
employees. The addition of the mass email option helps companies to directly
communicate with their employees, even in cases where Employee Self-Service is not
offered.
3.3.6.3. Back Out Compensation Workbench Postprocess

Backing out postprocess is required if compensation changes were posted on the wrong
effective date or the wrong group of assignments was processed, or if any corrections are
required on a mass scale. Until now, there was no way to back out the changes posted to
the HR system as the existing back-out process meant also backing out all the changes
done in Compensation Workbench, such as budget allocations, awards allocations, and
worksheet submissions and approvals.
Compensation Workbench now offers the ability for administrators to back out only the
updates to employee records in the HR system, while allowing the updates in
Compensation Workbench to remain intact. The new Back-Out Postprocess allows
administrators to optionally back out performance ratings in addition to compensation
award amounts. They can also choose to return compensation worksheet control back to
the managers if further changes need to be made before re-posting. This new feature
streamlines the corrections process after posting has already taken place, making the
compensation awards process overall much more efficient and flexible, resulting in a
potentially huge cost savings to employers.
3.3.7.1. Download and Upload Allocation Worksheet Comments

As part of the compensation allocation process, managers use the Comments field in the
worksheet to make notes to assist with approval justifications, as an example. Managers
need a means of communicating additional comments or notes per employee when
performing reward allocations offline as well. With this release, it will now be possible
for managers to not only view and update the comments in the downloaded spreadsheet,
but they can also update existing or add new comments and upload them back to the
worksheet.
3.3.7.2. Disable Drilldown Hyperlink in Online Total Compensation Statements
When viewing their total compensation statements online, employees can use a hyperlink
to drill down to the details of applicable compensation awards, such as their salary
compensation per pay period. Administrators now have the option to disable this
hyperlink for certain compensation statement items and categories so that only summary
totals are viewable by employees.
3.3.7.3. Display Position Title in Employee Total Compensation Statements

With this release, administrators can choose to display employees position titles, as well
as job titles, on employee total compensation statements. Many companies store position
information for their employees either in place of or in addition to job information. The
option to additionally display an employee's position gives administrators more flexibility
when creating total compensation statements.
3.3.8. Release 12.2.4
3.3.8.1. Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Statements

Compensation Workbench administrators can email compensation statements to
employees as PDF attachments. With this new feature, administrators can configure and
apply a digital signatures to these emailed employee statements. This provides additional
authentication, which further secures the online communication process. To take
advantage of this new feature, administrators use the Email Statements option that is part
of the Employee Statements task.
3.3.8.2. Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Total

Compensation Statements
Compensation administrators can email total compensation statements to employees as
PDF attachments. As these total compensation statements are distributed electronically, it
is important that recipients be able to verify document authenticity and integrity. This
new feature fulfills this requirement by enabling administrators to configure and apply a
digital signature to emailed employee total compensation statements. To take advantage
of this new feature, compensation administrators use the Email Employee Statements
batch process.
3.4. Oracle Configuration Workbench for Human Capital Management
3.4.1. Release 12.1.1
3.4.1.1. Configurator for Person/Assignment Spreadsheet Loader

Prior to this release the Web ADI spreadsheet solutions available in the Oracle
Configuration Workbench for Human Capital Management displayed nearly all of the
columns of person, address, and assignment entities. This made the spreadsheet so wide
that the user had to scroll to the necessary fields.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Configuration Workbench for Human Capital Management 36
The Spreadsheet Loader Configurator now offers the following advantages:
Flexible support for multiple data sources: APIs, XML and CSV files
Flexible layout of the spreadsheet for different business needs
Multiple processes support: the ability to configure the spreadsheet for specific
processes including mass location changes, mass organization changes, and so
on.
3.5. Oracle Human Resources (Core HR)
3.5.1. Release 12.1.1
3.5.1.1. Knowledge Integration with ENWISEN

Informational support for decision making within an application enhances transactional
capabilities. In the absence of precise supporting information, users may have questions
that prevent them from completing transactions. They may lack requisite knowledge to
make the right decisions at the right time. Knowledge integration gives users the
information they need.
Integration of Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) with content vendors like
ENWISEN gives users the following advantages:
Ability to launch content pages from sites outsides the Oracle E-Business Suite
Ability to launch third party content sites from SSHR pages
A seamless working experience between the two user interfaces whereby
information like Single Sign On authentication, subscription ID, and the context
of the calling page are passed to the third-party application to launch the
appropriate page
A region in the Personal Information page of SSHR to launch an employee
handbook (ENWISEN)
A region in the Absence Management page of SSHR to launch Absence Policies
(ENWISEN)
Ability to easily change content in accordance with changes in company policy
3.5.1.2. HR Help Desk

An HR help desk application is for the Request-to-Resolve process wherein an HR help
desk agent receives HR-related requests from employees. The HR help desk agent
requires the ability to navigate to multiple HR application functions to resolve the
requests. Oracle Human Capital Management provides web services to integrate with
Oracles PeopleSoft Enterprise HelpDesk for Human Resources.
While launching Oracle E-Business Suite pages, the E-Business Suite system evaluates
the users security profile to identify security privileges and then passes on parameters
that help the agent to perform the transaction.
To enable the HR help agent to use the help desk functionality, a system administrator
must complete the following:
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 37
Configure the predefined web services in the calling applications application
classes to store the data from Oracle E-Business Suite and to display employee
data in the 3600 View page.
Configure the RIR messages to subscribe to the web services published from the
PeopleSoft application.
The help desk agent can view or perform transactions related to personal, assignment,
benefits, and payroll details. The HR help desk feature supports UK and US legislation.
3.5.1.3. Access to Ex-Employee and Future-Dated Employee Records in User Based

and Dynamic Security
Prior to this release, you could not access the employee records for former or future-dated
employees if you were using the dynamic security profile. This restriction was due to
performance considerations. Unlike static security, in the dynamic security profile the
application evaluates the security definition when a user logs in. With a new system
profile, you can retrieve the records of former or future-dated employees.
3.5.1.4. Multi-Tenancy for Business Process Outsourcing Vendors

Multi-tenancy in Oracle Human Capital Management is the ability for the outsourcing
provider to support multiple clients in the same HR instance. Each client must have
exclusive access to only their own data and must not have access to other clients data.
This enhancement provides data separation using Oracle Label Security. A framework is
provided within Oracle Human Capital Management to configure the system for multi-
tenant mode.
3.5.2. Release 12.1.2
3.5.2.1. Use Search Criteria to Query Records in the People Window

Prior to this release, records could be queried in the People window by using a blind
query or simply entering the percent sign (%). This type of query has a large impact on
performance when there is a high volume of records in the database. From this release
onward, users must provide at least one selective search criterion, such as first name (for
example, John%). Entering a selective search criterion improves search performance
and minimizes record retrieval time.
3.5.2.2. Ability to Change the Final Process Date when It is Set the Same as the Last
Standard Process Date
Prior to this release, when HR managers processed terminations they could not modify
the Final Process Date if the date was the same as the Last Standard Process Date. With
this release, managers can modify the final process date even when it was set the same as
the last standard process date.
3.5.3. Release 12.1.3
3.5.3.1. Enhanced Document of Records

The display of document types in the Create or Update pages of the Document of
Records feature in Manager Self Service and Oracle HRMS Fast Path is now dependent
on the country selected. Managers and Administrators can see document types which are
relevant to the country chosen. You can also configure approvals when new documents
are create or updated.
The Oracle Approvals Management approval process can be enabled by adding the
functional parameter pAMETranType to the Employee and Manager Self-Service
Document of Records function.
3.5.3.2. Ability to Restrict Negative Balance in Absence

Oracle HRMS now enables you to check for leave balance and to warn workers about
negative leave balance when they apply for leave. You can define the HR: Allow
Absence Negative Balance profile option to enable this feature. If the profile value is set
to Yes, then the existing behavior continues. If the profile value is set to No, then workers
who have exceeded their balance will get a message that their leave balance is negative
and they cannot apply for leave.
3.5.3.3. Additional Parameters in BG_ABSENCE_DURATION Fast Formula

Prior to this feature, the BG Absence Duration fast formula consisted of four parameters:
Start Date, End Date, Start Time, and End Time. To provide more parameters to calculate
absence duration, the first five information attributes of the developer descriptive
flexfield Additional Absence Detail Information are now included as input parameters for
the BG Absence Duration fast formula.
3.5.3.4. Ability to Use Dynamic Approvals in a Checklist

From this release, you can use Oracle Approvals Management to set up dynamic
approvals for the Checklists functionality. Prior to this release, approvals could be set
only on the basis of individual tasks in a checklist. Now approval groups can be
configured on the basis of tasks as well as based on the person to whom the checklist or
task is assigned.
3.5.3.5. Ability to View Criteria Set Associated to Grade Step

While defining the Grade/Step Progression (GSP), rates can be associated with the grade
steps. The step rate is the salary amount that an employee is eligible for when placed on
that step. Criteria salary rates enable users to vary the step rate for different criteria sets.
Prior to this release, once a criteria set was associated to a grade ladder, it was not by
default visible in the GSP wizard. Users had to remember the name of the criteria set and
then retrieve the details.
Now, for a grade ladder, all associated criteria sets are listed by default in the Update
Criteria Salary Rate page. Also, in the Task: Rates page a pop-up window is enabled on
the Criteria Salary Rate Exists column, which displays the criteria set associated with the
grade ladder.
3.5.4. Release 12.1 RUP5
3.5.4.1. Approvals in Global Deployments

Using the Global Deployments function, HR professionals can transfer employees from
one business group to other business group either temporarily or as a permanent transfer.
Oracle HRMS now enables you to setup approval processes to route deployment
proposals. You can configure approval rules using Oracle Approvals Management.
3.5.5. Release 12.2
3.5.5.1. Workflow Synchronization

The Synchronize WF Local Tables (FNDWFLSC) concurrent program, also known as
bulk synchronization, was built to move user or role data from product groups to the
Workflow Directory Services (WFDS) tables so that the users and roles created in those
product groups could participate in workflow processing. This concurrent program has
been phased out with this release. This program is replaced with incremental
synchronization APIs provided by Oracle Workflow. From this release onwards,
incremental synchronization APIs will be called internally to move user and role data
from product groups to the Workflow Directory Services tables.
3.5.5.2. Update Records with Future Person Changes

Prior to this release, HR users could not perform many personnel actions like Hire,
Termination, Rehire, and Reverse Termination for an employee if any person type
changes existed at a future date for that employee. This restriction ensured data integrity,
but has become restrictive in many standard business cases. With this release, those
restrictions are removed while data integrity is maintained. Now, HR users can perform
transactions such as Termination, Reverse Terminations or Reconsider Application in
Oracle iRecruitment even though future-dated person type changes exist for an employee.
Oracle HRMS provides the HR:Future Dated Person Changes profile option to control
the ability of HR users to perform such changes.
3.6. Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite

3.6.1. Overview
Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite empowers users to easily
search for and view person details for an employee using an intuitive mobile interface.
Accelerate your productivity using Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-
Business Suite from your smartphone.
You can:
Search for an employee by name and see a list of recently viewed profiles.
View a persons profile including job assignment, contact information, location,
local time, manager organization chart, notes, and tags.
Navigate through the management hierarchy.
View persons within My Organization.
Maintain personal profiles with tags.
Collaborate in context using device features.
Find the person work location in an integrated map interface
Communicate with the person through the mobile app using different modes like
phone and email.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite 40
3.6.2. V. 1.0.0
3.6.2.1. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates

Support for enterprise distribution
Customization support for corporate branding
Support for Web SSO authentication to delegate authentication to Oracle Access
Manager (OAM)
3.6.2.2. Translation Support

Oracle Mobile Person Directly for Oracle E-Business Suite is available in the following
languages:
Brazilian Portuguese, Canadian French, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian,
Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, Spanish
3.6.3. V.1.1.0
In this release, a new page is provided to enable a user to edit profile details such as
photo, mobile phone number, social media, notes, and tabs. All editing abilities are
moved to this new page.

User installation and usage metrics for administrators
Updated look and feel for selected app interactions
Uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MSF) 2.2.2
3.6.4. V.1.2.0

Ability to open links to external websites within the app on Android devices
Updated look and feel, including native look and feel for action sheets on iOS
devices
Ability to easily clear user credential fields in the Sign In page
Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.3.1
3.7. Oracle Human Resources Information Discovery

3.7.1. Release 12.1.3.5
3.7.1.1. Workforce Explorer

HR administrators and line managers can access information like never before and make
information driven business decisions by using the fast and intuitive Information
Discovery search interface to search and filter for people. With Quick Search, Available
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources Information Discovery 41
Refinements, Tags, and Geospatial search filters, you can start with a complete business
view. You can then sort and compare results to make quick, appropriate business
selection decisions. For further analysis, you can compare people and view results in the
graphical format. You can navigate directly from results to transaction pages.
Because the interface uses the in-memory data of Information Discovery product, the
search is fast. Searching by means of available refinements, which enable you to refine
your search as you browse, makes the search efficient.
3.8. Oracle HRMS (Australia)
3.8.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.8.1.1. Nominate Employee Termination Payments as Transitional or Non-

Transitional Life Benefit Payments
Employers pay a lump sum to employees on their termination or their death. This
payment is referred to as Employment Termination Payment (ETP). Employment
Termination Payment was previously called Eligible Termination Payments.
Employees receive the ETP as:
Life Benefit ETP or Non-transitional Life Benefit ETP, paid to employees on
their termination for any reason other than death
Transitional Life Benefit ETP, paid to employees between July 1, 2007 and June
20, 2012
Death Benefit ETP, paid to a trustee, a dependent, or a non-dependent on the
employees death
Employers can now elect whether a Life Benefit ETP transitional or non-transitional and
whether it is part of a previously paid ETP. These ETPs can be taxable or tax-free. You
can now calculate the taxable and tax-free components of these payments. The pre-July 1,
1983 components of these ETPs and Invalidity ETPs are tax-free. Any other components
of the payments are taxable. The taxation of ETPs now includes a threshold that depends
on the preservation age of the employee. The date of birth determines the preservation
age. The taxable components of ETPs are taxed according to the employees age on June
30 of the current financial year.
Oracle HRMS supports the taxation of these ETP payments to include the taxable and
non-taxable components. You can also calculate the tax of Transitional ETPs and partial
payment of ETPs.
Oracle also supports the new layout of the ETP Payment Summary to meet the Australian
taxation requirements beginning July 1, 2007.
3.8.1.2. Comply with Statutory Updates for EOY 2007

Oracle HRMS supports statutory changes for End of Year 2007 for Australia, which
includes:
Change to rates to calculate the HELP deductions and the Student Financial
Supplement Schemes (SFSS)
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 42
Calculation of the HELP and SFSS deductions when an employee has no general
exemption
Change to the Medicare Levy, PAYG tax, and Senior Australian tax rates
according to the May budget
Increase in Superannuation and Lump sum D thresholds
Removal of the Post-June 30, 1983 ETP concession on tax
Change to the rate for annual leave on termination if less than $300
Reduced percentage of Payroll Tax for South Australia
3.8.1.3. Override the Eligibility Set on the Element to Pay the Long Service Leave
Amount
You can now override the eligibility set on the element and pay the prorated long service
leave balance amount regardless of whether it is accrual or entitlement. Before you pay
the employee, you must end-date and re-link the element Long Service Leave on
Termination.
3.8.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.8.2.1. Multiple Employment Termination Payment Summaries

You can now make multiple employment termination payments and generate a separate
ETP summary for each ETP type. Individual thresholds determine the tax for each ETP.
Additionally, you can create a new record in the Termination window to enter multiple
ETPs or add a new ETP element.
3.8.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.8.3.1. Pay Multiple Employment Termination Payments (ETP) and Generate

Separate ETP Payment Summaries
You can now pay multiple ETPs and generate a separate ETP Payment Summary for each
payment type. Oracle HRMS uses appropriate individual thresholds to tax each ETP.
You can now create a new record in the Termination window to enter multiple ETPs or
add a new ETP element. You can also roll over amounts from either the Transitional Part
of Previous ETP and Transitional Not Part of Previous ETP or both.
3.8.3.2. Display Multiple ETPs on Termination Report

Prior to this release, the Termination report did not display multiple ETPs that an
employee received on termination, and it did not display their primary address. With this
release, the Termination Report now displays the various ETP payments that an
employee receives on termination within the same financial year. You can now view the
Transitional ETP and Non-Transitional ETP within the Termination report. Additionally,
the report displays the employees primary address.
3.8.3.3. Use the Changed ETP Payment Summary Layout 2007

Starting July 1, 2007, the layout of the ETP Payment Summary report has changed. A
PostScript layout for the ETP Payment Summary report is now available to meet
legislative requirements.
3.8.3.4. Report Employees Tax File Number to Super Fund
Starting July 1, 2007, employers must now report an employees Tax File Number (TFN)
to Super Fund. Previously, it was optional for employers to report the TFN, so the default
was No. The default value is now set to Yes on the Superannuation Guarantee
Information element.
3.8.3.5. Calculate Extra Withholding Amounts for Advance Payments

Oracle HRMS now enables you to calculate the extra withholding amounts for advance
payments based on advance earnings and advance periods. Previously, you could
calculate the extra withholding from the normal payments only.
3.8.3.6. Deduct Retro Pre-tax Amounts from Retro Earnings

Oracle HRMS now supports the deduction of the retro pre-tax amounts from the retro
earnings from each time span separately as follows:
Retro pre-tax for the current financial year from retro earnings for the current
financial year and then taxed in the original period
Retro pre-tax for the previous financial year less than 12 months from retro
earnings for the previous financial year less than 12 months and then taxed
marginally
Retro pre-tax for greater than 12 months deducted from retro earnings for greater
than 12 months and then taxed marginally
3.8.4.1. Calculate Payroll Using the Updated Payroll Tax Rates

Use the new payroll tax rates to calculate payroll tax in New South Wales and payroll tax
in South Australia. These rates are effective as of January 1, 2009.
3.8.4.2. Report Allowances Using Balance Attributes

Prior to this release, Oracle HRMS for Australia identified allowances to report in the
Payment Summary based on element information. This process required drilling down to
run results to identify an allowance balance, resulting in performance issues.
With this release, you can use the Balance Attribute functionality to ensure better
performance by identifying the reportable balances, group-level reporting for allowances
in the Payment Summary archive, and End of Year Reconciliation reports.
The new concurrent program Maintain Payment Summary Allowance Balances helps you
upgrade the existing Payment Summary reportable allowance balances to have Balance
Attribute Payment Summary reportable allowances.
3.8.5. Release 12.1.2
3.8.5.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date

Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Australia localization.
Now, terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date
and prior to the final process date. The Australian reports have been modified to support
this feature.
3.8.6. Release 12.1.3
3.8.6.1. Enable Retro Overlap for Australia

Retro Overlap is new functionality that eliminates overlap in RetroPay processing. Retro
Overlap will use balance adjustments to self-adjust the balances within RetroPay to
ensure that they are correct at the time of recalculation. The new functionality also
improves RetroPay performance.
3.8.7.1. Australia Local Address Style and Upgrade

Prior to this release, the Australia localization had a single global address style,
AU_GLB. Australia-specific legislative reports expect certain address fields to be
mandatory, but this cannot be enforced in the global address style. Therefore, a new local
address style is delivered through this enhancement. An upgrade process is also provided
for migrating the existing addresses to the local address style.
3.8.7.2. AU Year End Enhancements

The Australia Payment Summary process has been enhanced with the following changes:
Support for archiving assignments selectively using an assignment set parameter
Consistent display of financial year listing in the Self-Service list of values and
the Professional user interface list of values
Assurance that the TFN number displayed in the report is the latest
3.8.7.3. AU Payroll Reconciliation Summary report in XL output

This enhancement delivers the capability of producing the Payroll Reconciliation
Summary report data in a spreadsheet format, similar to the other reconciliation reports
available in the localization.
3.8.8.1. Multiple Payment Summary Amendment

This enhancement allows payroll users to generate multiple amended Payment Summary
Reports. In earlier releases the application allowed only one amendment, and the user had
to rollback the previous payment summary amendment to generate new report output.
3.8.9.1. Payslip Modeling

Payslip Modeling is enabled for Australia. Using Employee Self-Service, each employee
can simulate their payslip and can select salary components to perform what-if analysis
regarding their take-home salaries. Payroll administrators can use modeling to answer
employee queries regarding their take-home pay and to perform what-if analysis for
payroll planning.
3.8.10.1. Update TFN from 111 111 111 for New Hires After 28 days
According to the Australia Tax Office, if a new employee has not made a TFN
declaration, then the TFN of the employee is temporarily set to 111 111 111.
After 28 days, if the employee has still not made a declaration, the TFN must be set back
to 000 000 000. With this release, the application notifies the payroll manager to change
the TFN manually for those assignments that have a TFN of 111 111 111 at 28 days after
hire.
3.8.10.2. Warning for Payments Made After Death via Direct Payments
Allowances and bonuses paid after death are not taxable and are not reported on the
Payment Summary under the Salary and Wages section. With this release, the application
generates a warning message to ensure that the payment for employees terminated due to
death is processed using Direct Payments. The application also ensures that earnings after
death are not taxed and are not reported on the Payment Summary.
3.8.10.3. Payroll Dashboard

The Payroll Dashboard provides payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll
and assignment process information by enabling them with payroll readiness, analysis,
and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency
and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment
processes. Payroll professionals can run, retry, or roll back any payroll process.
Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness, analysis, and validation
information according to their requirements using both delivered and custom checks and
rules. For example, the readiness check can be configured to list employees who do not
have a TFN or have the default tax filing number of 111 111 111 for more than 28 days
from the date of hire.
3.8.10.4. Email Payment Summary to Employee

With this release, employees can receive the Payment Summary by email if they do not
have the ability to view the Payment Summary from Employee Self-Service. A
concurrent program generates the Payment Summary and mails it to the registered
emails.
3.8.10.5. Option to Limit Availability of Payment Summary in Self-Service

With this release, a payroll administrator can allow employees to view Payment
Summaries for current or previous years. A new descriptive flexfield setup is provided at
the Organization level to control the display of the Payment Summary.
3.8.10.6. Tax Calculation Error Message for Negative Earnings

During the Retro Pay (Enhanced) process, if an error occurs due to negative earnings, the
fatal error message Tax cannot be calculated for negative earnings is generated.
However, no Date Paid is displayed to indicate the pay period for which the error has
occurred. This error message now includes the Date Paid value to help users identify
where the error has occurred.
3.8.10.7. View Payslip Offset Days

Prior to this release users could view the payslip online immediately after the archive
process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, a new field is available
to set the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view
the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
3.8.11.1. View PDF Payslip in Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR)

This feature enables employees to view their payslips though the Employee Self-Service
responsibility. Each user can configure the predefined template to customize their
payslip and use the XML Publisher engine to generate a PDF document.
The feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.
3.8.11.2. SuperStream Defined Benefits

This enhancement enables you to record data for Super Fund Defined Benefits
registration and contributions so that these can be displayed in the existing SuperStream
reports.
3.8.12.1. Payroll Tax Report by Legal Employer

Prior to this release, the Payroll Tax Report by Legal Employer could be run only for a
single pay period. You can now process and display the data for the payroll tax for a
financial year instead of for a single pay period.
3.9. Oracle HRMS (Belgium)
3.9.1.1. Enter National Identifier for Employees Whose Nationality is not Belgian or
Whose Country of Birth is not Belgium
You can now enter the National Identifier (NI) for employees whose nationality is not
Belgian or whose country of birth is not Belgium.
3.10. Oracle HRMS (Canada)
3.10.1.1. Comply with Canadian Cheque Specification Changes

The Canadian Payments Association (CPA) published new specifications for Canadian
cheques in preparation for the transition to image-based clearing. Enhancements have
been delivered to comply with these changes.
3.10.2. Release 12.1.2
3.10.2.1. Use Retro Overlap Enabled for Canada Payroll

Retro Overlap is new functionality that eliminates overlap in RetroPay processing. Retro
Overlap will use balance adjustments to self adjust the balances within RetroPay to
ensure that they are correct at the time of recalculation. The new functionality also
improves RetroPay performance.
3.10.3.1. Canadian Cheque Writer (XML), Canadian Deposit Advice (XML) and
Canadian Third Party Cheque Writer (XML)
Customers can now generate cheques and deposit advices in a PDF format. This allows
customers to use generic stock which results in cost savings and improves efficiency.
A predefined RTF template is provided that can be configured according to business need
to produce the desired PDF payroll cheque, third party cheque, and deposit advice output.
3.10.3.2. Payroll Exception Report

Use the new Payroll Exception Report to identify variations in payroll balances in the
payroll run and report them as exceptions. This report provides an additional tool to
improve efficiencies for payroll managers and administrators.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Belgium) 48
3.10.4.1. Payslip Modeler

Employees can now model their payslips using the new Payslip Modeler available online.
This feature can be used by individuals to quickly and accurately answer payslip related
questions and address what-if scenarios such as how their net pay would be impacted by
an increase to their RPP healthcare or RRSP pension deduction or by a change to their
federal or provincial tax credits. Employees can also print a PDF copy of their model
payslip. This feature is available to both employees and payroll professionals
(administrators) in Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR).

This feature allows customers to rehire a terminated employee before the final close date.
The legislative rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD is now enabled for Canada.
3.10.5.1. Payslip Modeler

Employees can now model their payslips using the new Payslip Modeler available online.
This feature can be used by individuals to quickly and accurately answer payslip related
questions and address what-if scenarios such as how their net pay would be impacted by
an increase to their RPP or RRSP deduction or by a change to their federal or provincial
tax credits. Employees can also print a PDF copy of their model payslip. This feature is
available to both employees and payroll professionals (administrators) via SSHR.
3.10.6.1. Mid-Year Change to a Government Reporting Entity with Different

Employment Insurance Rates
Previously, when an employee transferred to a Government Reporting Entity (GRE) with
a different employer Employment Insurance (EI) rate and the self-adjust calculation
method was set to Self Adjust or to Self Adjust at Max, the employer EI recalculated at
that rate for the new GRE for the entire year, resulting in incorrect employer EI liability
balances. To ensure correct EI balances, employee and employer EI calculation methods
will now be set to No Self Adjust whenever an employee changes GREs after the first
payroll of the year.
3.10.6.2. Enhanced Payroll Register

The Payroll Register now reports user-defined employer liabilities in addition to the
employer tax liabilities.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Canada) 49
3.10.6.3. New Record of Employment Interface for ROE Web Version 2
A new payroll extract file has been developed to comply with the ROE Web Version 2
program. New codes and additional data will be passed in order to accommodate the new
Record of Employment (ROE) specifications.

The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness, analysis, and
validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and
reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes
as well as to run, retry or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure
the payroll readiness, analysis, and validation information according to their requirements
using both delivered and custom checks and rules.
3.10.7.1. Import File for Report on Hirings

The Report on Hirings is currently delivered as a paper report. This feature allows users
to submit the Report on Hirings information electronically to Service Canada through
their online application Data Gateway. The new process Report on Hirings Interface will
generate the interface file.
3.10.7.2. Ability to Generate an Amended ROE

A ROE is issued when there is an interruption of earnings due to a leave of absence or
termination. Once the ROE has been generated, any changes that should have been
reflected on the ROE must be reported through an amended ROE. This feature allows
users to amend Records of Employment that are issued through Oracle Payroll. Three
new processes have been delivered for this functionality:
Import Record of Employment Data: Uploads the ROE serial numbers from ROE
Web
Amended Record of Employment: Archives the data to produce the amended
ROE
Amended Record of Employment Interface: Generates the electronic file to
upload to ROE Web
3.10.8.1. Bank Account Verification in SSHR

Employees can enter bank account details using the Manage Payroll Payments self-
service page. To ensure that the employee enters the correct account number, they are
required to enter the account number twice. The application validates the entered
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Canada) 50
information, and if entered incorrectly, prompts the employee to re-enter the bank
account number.
3.11. Oracle HRMS (China)
3.11.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.11.1.1. Specify Tax and Social Insurance Contribution Area Codes Using a
Maximum of Three Characters
With this release, you can now use a maximum of three characters to specify the tax
(TAX) and social insurance contribution (SIC) area codes For example, you can use BJN
for Beijing. Previously you could only use two characters to specify these codes.
3.11.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.11.2.1. Count the Year of Service for Calculating Severance Payments

According to Article 47 in the new Labor Law, effective as of 01 JAN 2008, when
counting the Year of Service to calculate severance payments, a period not less than six
months but less than a year is now counted as one year and any period of less than six
months is counted as a half year. Previously, any period less than one year was
considered as one year.
Oracle HRMS for China meets this statutory requirement by modifying the logic to count
the Year of Service when calculating severance payment using the
CN_SEVERANCE_PAY and CN_TAX_CALCULATION formulae.
3.11.2.2. Display Employee Numbers Greater Than Five Characters in Direct

Deposit
The output of the Direct Deposit Process (China - CCBS Format) now displays employee
numbers with more than 5 characters up to a maximum length of 8 characters.
3.11.2.3. Represent Tax Areas and Social Insurance Contribution Area Codes
Using a Maximum of Three Characters
With this release, the value sets for the tax areas and Social Insurance Contribution Area
(HR_CN_TAX_AREA and HR_CN_SIC_AREA) work with lookup codes up to 3
characters in length. The concurrent programs and flexfields that use these value sets
have been modified. Previously, only two characters were allowed.
3.11.2.4. Use New Tax Exempt Amount to Meet Statutory Requirements

Effective March 1, 2008, the tax-exempt amount for Chinese employees changed from
1600 Yuan to 2000 Yuan. Oracle HRMS includes the updated the tax exempt amount for
the cities of Beijing, Tianjin, Shanghai, and Shenzhen.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (China) 51
3.11.2.5. Calculate the Average Monthly Working Days Using New Value
According to the notice How to Calculate the Average Monthly Working Time, issued
on January 3, 2008, the number of public holidays has increased from 10 days to 11 days.
Oracle HRMS supports and includes the changes to the monthly average working days
calculation effective January 1, 2008 to meet this new requirement. The value of the
global AVG_MONTH_WORKING_DAYS, which holds the average working days in a
month, is now 20.83.
3.11.3.1. Make Pre-Tax Non-Statutory Deductions Prior to IIT Calculations

Oracle HRMS for China provides you the flexibility to make certain non-statutory
deductions such as sick leave deduction, or salary deduction due to poor performance
prior to individual income tax calculations. Using this functionality, you can:
Define elements to be deducted from earnings before individual income tax is
calculated.
Determine the processing priority when defining the element for processing these
deductions.
Specify if the deduction is to be subtracted when calculating the PHF/SI
contribution base, base salary for leave payment, termination payment, notice
payment, and severance pay.
Retro-process pre-tax non-statutory deductions using Tax When Earned and Tax
When Paid scenarios.
Report the pre-tax non-statutory deductions in SOE, self-service payslip, and
printed payslip.
3.11.4.1. CN PHF/SI Retro Changes

The following Retro components are supported:
Tax When Earned - Calculates both PHF/SI deductions and tax deductions as of
Date Earned ( Original Period )
Tax When Paid - Calculates both PHF/SI deductions and tax deductions as of
Date Paid
This enhancement allows PHF/SI computation in the using the new Retro component
PHF/SI When Earned , Tax When Paid. This component calculates PHF/SI deductions as
of Date Earned (Original Period) and tax deductions as of Date Paid.
3.11.5.1. Rehire Before Final Close

the final process date set for a previously terminated period of employment.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (China) 52
With this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the China localization.
and prior to the final process date. This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule
REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

Prior to this release users can view the payslip immediately online after the archive
process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, you can now set the
number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view the payslip
only after the specified offset number of days.
3.11.7.1. Access and View Payslip PDF Version using SSHR

This feature enables employees to view their payslips in Oracle Self-Service Human
Resources (SSHR) though the Employee Self-Service responsibility. Users can configure
the predefined template to customize their payslip and use the XML Publisher engine to
generate a PDF document.
This feature is forward ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.
3.12. Oracle HRMS (Denmark)
3.12.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.12.1.1. Record Maternity/Adoption Absences

To enable Maternity/Adoption absence recording, monitoring, and legislative allowances
management, you can use five new Absence categories. Each Absence category has a
descriptive flexfield that you can use to enter the necessary information for the
Maternity/Adoption absence.
3.12.1.2. Select Holiday Accrual during Maternity/Adoption Leave

When you set up employees for Maternity/Adoption leave, you can determine whether
holiday hours will accrue during the absence. Each Absence category descriptive
flexfield has a Yes/No flag that defaults to Yes.
3.12.1.3. Record and Use the Public Holiday Accrual and Payment Rates
With the predefined Public Holiday Pay element, you can pay employees for public
holidays. To record and use the Public Holiday payment rates of accrual and payment,
use the new fields at the Legal Employer and Assignment levels.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 53
3.12.1.4. Process Multiple Pension Payments for Employees Based on 2006
Legislative Changes
Based on the legislative changes for 2006, you can pay into more than one pension
scheme for each employee.
3.12.1.5. Use the Notional Pay Classification for Deduction Elements Not Payable to
the Employee
You can use the new Notional Pay classification for elements that are counted for various
deductions (such as Pension) but are not paid to the employee. The elements with this
classification do not appear on the payslip automatically. You must select them for
printing.
3.12.1.6. Use the Enhanced Absence Maternity Element to Process Part Time
Maternity Absences
The Absence Maternity element now includes Part Time Maternity processing
functionality. The Part Time Maternity element is no longer available.
3.12.1.7. Use the Modified Company Car Benefits in Kind Functionality

There is a change in the way Oracle HRMS calculates the age of a company car when the
car is older than three years. With release 12.0.4, three years are treated as three income
or calendar years. This calculation impacts the taxable income of the employee.
3.12.1.8. Create Lunar Period Payrolls

You can now set up payrolls using the new Lunar Payroll period type. You can use this
type to create a lunar payroll for employees who are on four-week payrolls. The Lunar
Payroll has 13 periods with all the payroll features.
3.12.1.9. Print Batch Payslips

You can now use the Batch Printing of Payslip solution to generate multiple payslips as
one PDF output.
3.12.1.10. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2007 Legislative Changes

Oracle HRMS provides legislative updates and changes to help you manage the processes
with the new values for 2007.
3.12.1.11. Classify Employees as Salaried or Hourly to Process Payroll

Prior to processing your payroll, you can specify your employees as salaried or hourly.
This has no impact on payroll frequency.
3.12.1.12. Use the Balance Initialization Process

You can set up and load initial balance values before you begin to process payrolls. The
balance initialization process helps you accurately calculate legislative deductions in
Oracle Payroll.
3.12.1.13. Use RetroPay Functionality to Pay Back-Dated Amounts to Employees

The Enhanced RetroPay core payroll process is now available for Denmark. You can use
either of the two RetroPay components:
Correction Use this option to recalculate tax on adjusted earnings for each
period and carry forward the difference in both earnings and deductions to the
current period.
BackDate Use this option to recalculate deductions after carrying forward the
difference in earnings to the current period.
3.12.1.14. Override the Use of Normal Periodic Deduction Value in Tax Calculation
You can now override the normal periodic deduction value and use a new element called
Tax Days to process taxable pay. The new tax calculation will be Tax Days multiplied by
Daily Tax Deduction from the tax card.
3.12.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.12.2.1. Support the Payment Electronic File Format Changes

Oracle HRMS for Denmark supports changes to the format of the payment transfer type
and the record length in the Payment Electronic File submitted to PBS.
3.12.3.1. Use Holiday Pay Changes

With this release, you can use the updated Holiday Accrual formula to ensure that the
application reduces the holiday pay by 4.8% for every paid holiday spent by a salaried
employee in a given period. The application then calculates the holiday allowance on this
reduced pay. Note that the existing predefined balance Holiday Pay continues to hold the
unreduced holiday pay amount.
To hold the reduction amount of the holiday pay, a new balance, Reduced Holiday Pay, is
now available. After you apply the patch, the payroll run creates an additional run result
for the new element Holiday Pay Reduction, whenever there is a reduction in the holiday
pay. The run result values of this new element contain the details of the reduction
amount, reduced amount, and the number of holidays causing the reduction. The Danish
payslip now displays the reduced holiday pay amount.
3.12.3.2. Use Updated Danish Tax Card Upload Process

To comply with format changes in September 2008, the Danish Tax Card Upload process
now allows up to 159 characters in a line.
3.12.3.3. Comply with Statutory Changes for 2009

You can now use updated secondary classifications, new and updated global values, and
updated user table values to comply with the legislative changes in 2009.
3.12.4. Release 12.1.2
3.12.4.1. Use Balance Reporting Architecture

To improve the performance of payroll processing and reporting, Oracle Payroll for
Denmark has enabled the Run Balance model. The application now saves the run
balances for important balance values, thus avoiding expensive balance fetches from run
results. This improves performance significantly. To use this feature, submit the
concurrent process Generate Run Balances for all the invalid balances. The Run Balance
Diagnostic Report must be run to verify if any of the run balances are invalid.
3.12.4.2. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances

Beginning with R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances in the database even
after the balance adjustment process is run. This improves the performance of balance
retrieval in the Denmark localization. This feature requires no additional setup.
3.12.4.3. View Magtape Output Window

Oracle Payroll for Denmark now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape output
files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the View Payroll
Process Results window, select the completed magtape process, and click View Output.
3.12.4.4. View Absence Statistics Report

To meet the legislative requirements of the Statistics Denmark, Oracle Payroll for
Denmark provides the Absence Statistic Report with R12.1.2. This report is based on
reported absence periods in Oracle HRMS. This report is an electronic file that provides
various absence types of employees. To run this report, users must map their absence
types to the respective absence codes using the new flexfield provided in the Absence
Types window.
3.12.4.5. View Additional Labor Cost Report

The Denmark Additional Labor Cost Report to Statistics Denmark is available in
R12.1.2. This report is not an electronic report, but is based on a form from the
organization.
3.12.5.1. E- Holiday Card

In Denmark, employers have to report holiday information about accrual, entitlements,
and payments for all hourly paid staff and any terminated salaried employee. This
information can either be reported to FerieKonto or on holiday cards.
If the employer belongs to the Danish Employer Organization (DA) and they have a
collective agreement that indicates that they will use holiday cards for reporting the
holiday information, they must now report the data using the XML report as specified by
the DA. The DA operated a paper-based holiday card system until 2011. This system has
now been replaced by an electronic holiday card system.
All employers who use holiday cards currently are required to submit the data
electronically to the DA using the new XML format to the Electronic holiday card
system.
The holiday bank transfer system is not affected by this change, and employers who do
not belong to the DA will continue to send the employee information via PBS to the
holiday bank. The new holiday card system only affects employers who choose to use
holiday cards.
An employer cannot use holiday bank transfer if they have indicated their use of the
holiday card system, as they can only use the electronic holiday card extract. This enables
them to create the XML file for submission to the electronic holiday card system.
Customers using the holiday card currently as a manual paper based system will need to
switch to the new electronic holiday card system. They will also need to upload the data
file received from the electronic holiday card to the Oracle Payroll application. This in
turn will generate a holiday pay payment to the employee who has requested the holiday.
The process that uploads the received electronic holiday card XML file is run and
controlled by the payroll administrator. This process must be run before the payroll
process in order for the holiday pay to be paid.
3.12.6.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering predefined data for HRMS for Denmark has been
enhanced. With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files.
Each entity is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from
hrglobal.drv and the post install steps must be completed
The following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT files to LDT files:
Fewer dependenciesonly the changed entities are re-extracted and delivered
Faster release of patches
Fewer regressions
Less testing impacttest only the changed entities
Easier debugging of hrglobal issues through the use of FNDLOAD commands to
test data

assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes as well
as run, retry or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the
payroll readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered and custom checks and rules.
3.12.8. Release 12.2.4

the final process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this has been removed for the Denmark localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and
prior to the final process date. The Denmark reports have been modified to support this
feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.
3.13. Oracle HRMS (Finland)
3.13.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.13.1.1. Use the New Pension Insurance Type to Generate Pension Payments and
Reports
You can generate pension payments and produce reports using the TyEL Pension
Insurance type, which is now the only pension insurance type available.
3.13.1.2. Generate the Statutory Payroll Reports

Oracle HRMS generates payroll reports that you can submit to tax authorities to report all
payments, tax deductions, and expense payments. These reports include:
Finnish Yearly Documents of Paid Salaries Report
Finnish Pay Sheet Audit Report
3.13.1.3. Calculate and Report the Subsidy for Low-paid Employees

The legal employer is eligible to receive subsidies from the government for low-paid
employees with certain criteria. You can calculate the amount of statutory subsidies
available for the legal employer and generate the following reports to list the amount of
subsidy and statutory details per low-paid employee:
Finnish Monthly Tax Return Report
Finnish Yearly Document Paid Report

Due to 2007 legislative changes, you can now:
Enter the tax percentage for the lower income limit. The lower limit is not a fixed
value but can be zero or a positive value. The Tax Card element includes an input
value for recording this percentage.
Use the changed percentages for all classes of the Social Security, Daily
Allowance, and Employers Unemployment Insurance fees.
Use the changed age categories and reference values for the car benefit.
Process the Lunch Benefit element as a recurring element.
Use the modified ranges for the scaled tax card.

balance initialization process helps you to accurately calculate legislative deductions in
Oracle Payroll.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Finland) 58
3.13.2.1. Use EOY0809 Legislative Changes for Payroll Tax Year 2009
With this release, you can use the updated values for calculating the following:
Scaled Tax Card
Pension Insurance
Social Security Fee
Car Benefit
3.13.2.2. Use EOY0809 Legislative Changes for Payroll Tax Year 2008
As part of legislative updates for tax year 2008, this release updates the following
features:
Tax, including social security fees
Unemployment insurance fee
Pension insurance fees and reporting
Benefits in kind
3.14. Oracle HRMS (France)
3.14.1.1. Use New Training Reports

You can now use the following new training reports:
Training Summary Report
French Training Plan Report (XML report)
3.15. Oracle HRMS (Hong Kong)
3.15.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.15.1.1. Specify the Format for Your Statement of Earnings

You can now use the global Statement of Earnings (SOE) pages to view the earnings and
deduction information in your statement of earnings. You can view SOE immediately
after you run payroll for all employees. Because the application reports SOE from live
data, you need not archive the information.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (France) 59
3.15.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.15.2.1. Calculate Proportionate Earnings during Changes in a Payroll Period

Oracle HRMS enables you to calculate proportionate earnings amounts whenever
payroll-relevant data is changed during a payroll period. For example, if an employee
joins or leaves the company during a payroll period or if an employee's pay grade
changes during a payroll period. Proration support is now enabled for Hong Kong.

This enhancement provides the ability to rehire a terminated assignment before the Final
Process Date, by enabling a legislation rule provided by core payroll. Code changes have
been made to ensure that there is no impact on the existing functionality when such a
rehire happens.

Prior to this release, users could view the payslip immediately online after the archive
process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, a new field is available
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6
3.15.5.1. View Magtape Output from Payroll Process Results

In previous releases, users were unable to view the output of magnetic reports files unless
the database administrator copied the reports from the backend. This release enables
users to view the magnetic output files in the Payroll Process Results window.
3.16. Oracle HRMS (India)
3.16.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.16.1.1. Statutory Change to Exempt Employees from Paying Employee ESI

Contribution
With this release, Oracle Payroll supports the ESI wage limit increase from INR 50 to
INR 70 effective August 1, 2007 to exempt employees from paying their contribution.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 60
3.16.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.16.2.1. Rehire Employees Before Their Final Close Date

To provide greater flexibility in the hiring process, this release enables you to rehire a
terminated employee before the Final Process (and after the Last Standard Process) date
for their previous period of service.
3.16.2.2. Generate and Print Provident Fund Monthly Report and e-files
The Provident Fund (PF) authorities now require employers to submit a printed copy and
an electronic copy of their monthly PF returns for each business number in a currency
period.
Oracle HRMS enables employers to record and submit:
Regular returns for regular payments
Supplementary returns for any additional or missing payments in a regular return
Revised returns for any corrections or updates in the previous returns
Employers must maintain the National Social Security Number (NSSN) for employees
and must record PF contributions, penal damages (14B), 7Q details, and other
miscellaneous payments. Oracle HRMS enables you to generate and submit monthly PF
returns for each business number. You can record the NSSN of employees using the
Further Benefits Tab in the People window. You can run the following concurrent
programs:
Provident Fund Monthly Returns Archive (India) to archive the data for the PF
Monthly Returns
India Monthly PF Returns (e-File) to generate the e-file for PF Monthly Returns
India Monthly PF Returns (Printed) to generate the Printed Copy for PF Monthly
Returns
3.16.2.3. Comply with Statutory Updates for 2007

The Income-Tax (Fourteenth Amendment) Rules, 2007 Amendment in Rule 3
Valuation of Perquisites includes the following changes. Oracle HRMS supports these
changes:
Changes in accommodation perquisite rates, effective as of April 1, 2006
Reintroduction of perquisites, effective as of April 1, 2008
Motor Car
Free Traveling, Touring
Accommodation
Lunch Perquisite Gift
Voucher or Token Perquisite
Credit Card Perquisite
Club Expenditure
Free Transport
Section 80 C now includes the following:
Five-Year Post Office Time Deposit Account
Senior Citizens Savings Scheme - for those employees whose age is 60 years or
older in a fiscal year
NABARD Bank Deposits, effective as of April 1, 2008
3.16.3.1. Calculate Taxable Part on Fringe Benefit for Superannuation Fund

Payments
According to the income tax law, all payments by an organization to a superannuation
fund exceeding Rs.1 Lacs per annum for an employee are subject to the Fringe Benefit
Tax (FBT).
Oracle HRMS enables employers to determine the total taxable amount and set up
different natural accounts to calculate the taxable part of the fringe benefit to which the
FBT is applicable.
3.16.3.2. Use the latest PF/ESI Wage Ceiling for Disabled Employees
According to the ESI eligibility wage limit changes and the PF wage ceiling for a
disabled employee, the wage ceiling for coverage of a disabled employee under the
ESI/PF Act, is fixed at Rs.25, 000 per month, effective as of April 1, 2008. Disabled
employees are subject to this wage ceiling only if they are hired on or after April 1, 2008.
With this release, Oracle HRMS complies with the PF/ESI statutory updates.
3.16.3.3. Use the Latest Professional Tax Slab Rates for Karnataka
The Professional Tax slab rates change for the state of Karnataka Starting August 1,
2008. Employees with a monthly salary or wage of Rs.3000 and above but less than
Rs.5000 are exempted from the Professional Tax. Oracle HRMS includes this change.
3.16.4. Release 12.1.1
3.16.4.1. Labor Welfare Fund Deduction

The Labor Welfare Fund deduction is a legislative deduction enforced by most states in
India. The fund contributions usually consist of an employee and an employer
contribution. The deduction happens in specific months according to the legislation in
each state.
This enhancement provides an out-of-the-box solution for enabling this deduction for all
India Payroll customers. The solution consists of a set of predefined elements and
formula for calculating the deductions and contributions. Initially, the enhancement
supports the legislation followed in Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, Gujarat, Madhya
Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Tamil Nadu.
3.16.4.2. Oracle Discoverer End User Layer Support for India HRMS Payroll
Information
This enhancement delivers Oracle Discoverer ad hoc reporting folders for the India
localization.
Using these folders, users can generate ad hoc reports for the following business areas:
HRMS Administration Oracle Payroll (IN)
HRMS Administration Oracle Human Resources (IN)
HRMS Person Information Human Resources (IN)
HRMS Organization Information Human Resources (IN)
HRMS Payslip Information Oracle Payroll (IN)
3.16.4.3. User Interface to Submit Medical and Leave Travel Claims

You can now use Employee Self-Service to capture Medical and Leave Travel Claim
information. The user interface facilitates verification and approval of employee claims
by HR professionals. The new interfaces lead to speedier approval by removing manual
processes, and thus to higher employee satisfaction.
3.16.4.4. Support Tax Year from March to April

In some organizations in India, salary for March will be always paid in April. Since the
March salary is paid after the 31st of March (the end of the financial year), the income is
in the next financial year and the tax calendar is treated as March to February instead of
April to March. The system now supports income tax calculation and reporting for both
types of tax calendars (April to March and March to February.
3.16.5. Release 12.1.2
3.16.5.1. India Reconciliation of Electronic Funds Transfer Payments

In previous releases, for Oracle HRMS for India, the integration between Oracle Payroll
and Oracle Cash Management exists for reconciling cheque, manual, and external
payments, but not for Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) payments.
This enhancement enables you to reconcile EFT payments through integration between
Oracle Payroll and Oracle Cash Management. Automatic and manual reconciliation and
are supported for the EFT Payment type India Direct Deposit. Once the reconciliation of
an EFT payment is done, users can not roll back the magnetic transfer process.
3.16.6. Release 12.1.3
3.16.6.1. Capturing of LIC Policy Number in the Employee Tax Declaration

The LIC policy number is a unique identification number that distinguishes each policy
from others and remains unchanged for the lifetime of the policy. Oracle HRMS for India
now supports tracking the Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) policy number in addition to
the premium paid and the sum assured in the Self Service pages. You can now include
LIC Policy Number in any Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) report.
3.16.6.2. Voluntary Provident Fund Details in the Employee Tax Declaration

Oracle HRMS for India now supports capturing of Voluntary Provident Fund (VPF)
contribution details for each employee in the Employee Tax Declaration Self-Service
page. This region is hidden by default and can be made visible through personalization.
This enhancement provides the option to capture Voluntary Provident Fund contributions
either by percentage or by amount. The system will calculate the Voluntary Provident
Fund deduction amount during payroll processing based on the details provided in the
system.
3.16.6.3. Enabled Payroll Exception Reporting

The Payroll Exception Reporting feature is enabled in the India localization to allow
users to identify those employees for whom a payment is either greater than or less than a
specified variance.
3.16.7.1. Full Support for Digital Signature in Form 16 and Form 12BA, and Other
Changes
This feature allows the customer to email digitally signed individual Form16, Annexure-
B and Form12BA. The concurrent program Employee Annual Tax Returns (India) now
supports these options:
View Consolidated Form16 and Form12BA.
Mail Individual Form16.
Mail Individual Form12BA.
Mail Individual Annexure-B.
When the option View Consolidated Form16 and Form12BA is chosen, a consolidated
Form16 is generated in a PDF file. If an option to mail a form is selected, the form is
emailed to the employee's email address.
The digital signature can be placed on any location on the page. A scanned signature of
the authorized signatory can by also placed on the document. The user may choose to
show the employee's job instead of position as required in Form 16.
3.16.7.2. Full Support for India Public Sector Payroll

Indian public sector companies follow a payment cycle from March through February.
They are expected to use a positive offset only in the March pay period. This
enhancement brings full support for public sector customers to handle the above offset
scenario.
3.16.7.3. India Electronic Challan Cum Return (ECR)-2012

The Electronic Challan cum Return (ERC) is a monthly return for depositing
contributions by employers to the Employees Provident Fund Organization (EPFO) that
must be uploaded by employers to the Employer e-Sewa Portal after registering their
establishment in the portal. This return was designed by EPFO to eliminate other reports
such as Form 5, Form 10, Form 12A, Form 3A, and Form 6A. This return may be
uploaded beginning with Wage Month March 2012.
3.16.8.1. Payslip Modeling

Payslip Modeling is enabled for India. Using Employee Self-Service, users can select the
desired salary components to simulate their payslip and perform what-if analysis
regarding their take-home salaries. Modeling also enables payroll administrators to
answer employee queries regarding their take-home pay and to perform what-if analysis
for payroll planning.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4

as well as run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure
using both delivered and custom checks and rules. For example, payroll administrators
can configure readiness checks for PAN and Tax Declaration in the readiness process.
3.16.9.2. Income from House Property Ceiling for Tax Exemptions

The income tax declaration by an employee will be used by the payroll process to
calculate income tax based on the income tax rules and exemptions. This enhancement
enables employees to declare the home loans taken against their house properties.
Employers can process and calculate their tax accordingly.
Employees must submit the proofs for the tax declared at the end of the year. The payroll
professional validates the proofs submitted by the employee and approves them, and the
final income tax of the financial year is calculated and deducted accordingly.
3.16.10.1. Contribute to the National Pension Scheme

Employees can now contribute to National Pension Scheme and be eligible for tax
exemptions. To enable employees to record their contributions towards National Pension
Scheme, Oracle provides the new element NPS Information.
Employees can record the Permanent Retirement Account Number (PRAN) number in
the Person window. The Investment Declaration page includes the new section 80 CCD
(1B) for the contributions to the National Pension Scheme by an employee under the
corporate subscriber scheme. You can define the NPS account type for an organization
using the National Pension Scheme organization classification.
To enable employers to provide the list of NPS subscribers, a new NPS Contribution
report is available. Employers can generate this report, which includes the Corporate
Registration Number (CRA), Corporate Branch Office (CBO) Number, employee
number, PRAN, employee contribution to Tier I and Tier II, employer contribution, and
total contribution.
3.16.10.2. Enable RetroPay Overlap
The RetroPay Overlap feature is enabled for India. Oracle delivers the new concurrent
program Enable Retro Overlap for all IN Business Group. If the RetroPay Overlap
feature is enabled, the application recalculates only from the latest reprocess date.
Balance adjustments occur for the rest of the periods between the earliest overlapping
date and the reprocess date. The balance adjustments are run for all payroll processes that
affect balances, such as payroll run, reversal, and so on.
3.16.10.3. Access and View Payslip PDF Version using SSHR
This feature enables employees to view their payslips though the Employee Self-Service
responsibility. Users can configure the predefined template to customize their payslip and
use the XML Publisher engine to generate a PDF document.
The feature is forward-ported to R12l2 HRMS RUP8.
3.16.11.1. Submit and Verify Investment Proofs Using SSHR

In this release, Oracle delivers a new Self Service page to enable employees to upload
and verify their investment proofs for tax declaration purposes. The Tax Declaration
information window at the GRE/Legal Entity Organization classification level now
includes the field Lock Upload Proofs, which, when set to Yes, restricts employees from
uploading after the specified date. Oracle provides a new element, Extra Information,
which enables a payroll administrator to record the document name, whether the
investment is for Section 80CCE, and the name of the investment.
Once an employee uploads the investments, a professional user can search, verify
attached proofs, and approve the declared investment proofs for tax processing. In case of
discrepancy between the amounts, depending on the values entered previously with the
proofs attached, the payroll professional can update the amount and use the updated
amount for tax calculations.
3.17. Oracle HRMS (Ireland)
3.17.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.17.1.1. Run the Tax Credit Upload Process to Validate Accurate Revenue File
Checking
The Tax Credit Upload process now produces an audit report that facilitates accurate
checking of the credit file upload process. This report is generated only when you run the
process in Validate Only mode.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 66
3.17.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.17.2.1. Comply with Recent Statutory Updates

Statutory updates support the following:
P45 Part 3/P46 XML Report: Oracle HRMS now enables employers to use the P45 Part
3 XML report to notify the Irish Revenue of new starters. This change helps you comply
with the Irish Revenue requirements. The notification generates a new tax certificate
from the Revenue. If an employee has not provided a P45 document, then the employer
raises a P46 to request a new Tax Certificate, Form P2c.
EHECS Report: Employers who have more than 50 workers must submit a mandatory
Earnings Hours and Employment Cost Survey (EHECS) Report to the Central Statistics
Office (CSO) of Ireland every quarter.
Budget Changes: Irish Budget changes for 2008 require the following changes to Oracle
HRMS:
The following values change as of 2008:
Increased taxation and Personal Tax Credits bands
Increased Tax Credit from 1,760 to 1,830
Increased Standard Rate Cut Off Point from 34,000 to 35,400
Increased employee contribution ceiling based on cumulative earnings for all
employment types from 48,800 to 50,700
Increased threshold for payment of Health Contribution from 480 per week to
500 per week and annual threshold from 24,960 to 26,000
Increased weekly threshold from 339 to 352
Additionally, predefined global values and user table values are changed to accommodate
the statutory requirements.
3.17.3.1. Use the New IE Cessation Report

To comply with recent legislative requirements, Oracle Payroll now provides a new
report called the IE Cessation Report. Employers issue this report to employees stating
the gross income for the current employment and the calculated Income Tax Levy.
3.17.3.2. Comply With Recent Statutory Updates

P45 Report
Supplementary P45 Payment Details: The new assignment EIT Supplementary
P45 Payment Details can be used to record information in the Payment Details
section of Supplementary P45.
Irish P45 Information: The Supplementary tab now displays Year1, Pay1, and
other information.
Catering to PPSN Suffixes: The Ireland P45 report displays assignments of the
same employer for a terminated employee as a single record. In specific cases
such as concurrent employment, the legislation requires the employer to maintain
two payroll records for the same person and to report each record separately in
the P45 report. The P45 aggregates the employment records at the person level
and to create separate records, the application adds a suffix (W, T or X) to the
PPS Number.
Balances: The new dimension PER_PAYE_REF_PPSN_YTD has been attached.
Tax: The Standard Rate cut off Point has changed from 35,400 Euros to 36,400
Euros.
Income Tax Levy: The new Income Tax Levy introduced January 1, 2009 is
calculated.
Income Tax Levy Calculation: A new element has been added to use threshold
values for each income band from the new predefined global values and user
table values.
Exemption from Levy
Refund of Income Tax Levy
Reporting of Levy: The Statement of Earnings has been modified to display the
Income Tax Levy amount in the Deductions section.
Balance Initialization: There is a new predefined element, Setup Income Levy.
PRSI: The employee contribution ceiling has been modified based on cumulative
earnings from 50,700 Euros to 52,000 Euros with effect from January 1, 2009.
Pensions: The annual earnings limit for Pensions has changed from 275,239
Euros to 150,000 Euros effective January 1, 2009.
BIK Loans: The rate for loans other than home loans has increased from 11% to
12% effective January 1, 2007, from 12% to 13% effective January 1, 2008, and
from 13% to 15% effective January 1, 2009. In addition, the rate for home loans
changed from 3.5% to 4.5% effective January 1, 2007 and from 4.5% to 5.5%
effective January 1, 2008.
Parking Levy: There is a new predefined element, IE Parking Levy, effective as
of January 1, 2009.
3.17.4. Release 12.1.2
3.17.4.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments

With R12.1.2, support is provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management (CE)
with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Ireland. This feature enables users to
reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement.
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll based
on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.17.4.2. Report Payroll Exception

This feature is enabled in the Ireland localization to allow users to identify those
employees for whom the payment is either greater than or less than a specified variance.
3.17.4.3. Use Purge Process
The Purge process provided by Oracle Payroll enables users to delete unneeded data from
the payroll tables to free up space and improve performance. The concurrent process
Archive Payments and Deductions for Payslip is provided to archive the historic payslip
information.
3.17.4.4. Group Action Parameters

Oracle Payroll for Ireland now provides the flexibility of defining payroll action
parameters at a non-global level. The Pay Action Parameter Groups feature enables you
to group the action parameters and their values, associating them with particular
processes.

Beginning with R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance
adjustment process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval. There is
no additional setup to use this feature.
3.17.4.6. View Cost Allocations

Oracle Payroll for Ireland enables you to view an assignments costing details in the
View Cost Allocation page before running the Costing process.

Oracle Payroll for Ireland now enables you to easily access the magnetic tape output files
(.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the View Payroll
Process Results window, select the completed magtape process, and click the view
Output.
3.17.4.8. National Employment Survey (NES) Report

The Ireland National Employment Survey report is now available in R12.1.2. Before
running this report, you must ensure that you have completed the setup for the other
survey report, the Earnings Hours and Employment Cost Survey (EHECS). This report
uses the data from the EHECS report also. You must also feed the new balances for the
NES report with the relevant user elements.
3.17.5.1. Enhanced RetroPay Support

Enhanced RetroPay functionality has been delivered for Ireland in 12.1.HRMS RUP 8.
You can enable this feature by running the Generic Upgrade Mechanism concurrent
program with the option Enable Enhanced RetroPay. This program ensures that the
functionality of Enhanced RetroPay is enabled for Ireland payrolls.
Once the user enables this feature, the following functionalities on Retro become obsolete
and are no longer available:
RetroPay by Element
RetroPay
This feature has not been forward-ported to any subsequent release.
3.17.6. Release 12.2.4

In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Ireland localization. Now,
prior to the final process date. The Ireland reports have been modified to support this
feature.
3.17.7. Release 12.2.5
3.17.7.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering HRMS predefined data for Ireland has been enhanced.
With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files. Each
entity is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from
Fewer regressions
test data
3.17.7.2. Online PDF Payslip

The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get the desired look and feel of the payslip, and the XML Publisher engine produces a
PDF document as output.

costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes and can
run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll
readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both delivered
and custom checks and rules.
3.18. Oracle HRMS (Italy)
3.18.1.1. Renamed Family Name Field

The Family Name field is now the Last Name field.
3.19. Oracle HRMS (Japan)
3.19.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.19.1.1. Print Employee Number on Published Insurance Premium Exemption and

Spouse Special Deduction Form for Salary Earner
You can now print the employee number on published Insurance Premium Exemption
and Spouse Special Deduction Form for Salary Earner.
3.19.1.2. Calculate and Archive Accident Insurance Information

You can now calculate accident insurance information and archive it in the Insurance
Premium Exemption and Spouse Special Deduction Form for Salary Earner Self Service
pages. You can also now override the default accident insurance premium displayed on
these pages.
3.19.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.19.2.1. Statutory Changes for 2007

You can now:
Enter earthquake insurance and premium exemption details and print them on the
Insurance Premium Exemption and Spouse Special Exemption Form for Salary
Earner (ISDF) self-service page.
Print Social Insurance reports on a single page.
Calculate the accident insurance premium and print it on the ISDF self-service
page.
Use the improved Social Insurance report format. Additionally, use a combined
new report for the Address Change Report for the Insured Employee and the
Dependent reports.
Generate the ISDF report using Oracle XML Publisher. A new archive process is
available to generate the report.
Use the improved format of the Withholding Tax Report for Earned Income.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Italy) 71
3.19.3.1. Display Target Year Within Salary Payment Report

To support the format changes provided by Nihon Hourei, the Salary Payment Report
Summary now displays the target year.
3.19.3.2. Support for Transfer with Zengin Format

Starting in January 2009, Japan Post Bank supports the data transfer with Zengin format.
Oracle HRMS for Japan complies with this change and supports the transfer of magtape
between any bank and Japan Post Bank.
The Generate Direct Deposit File does not error when the sender bank is any bank and
the bank to which the payment is transferred is Japan Post Bank.
3.19.4. Release 12.1.2
3.19.4.1. Use Salary Payment Report in E-File

Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the salary payment report in electronic format (e-
file). You can send this report in paper form or as an e-file to the local governments at
year-end.
3.19.4.2. Receive Local Tax Data in E-File

Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports receiving local tax data from local governments in
electronic form. You can take the data into the system, and then upload it through Batch
Element Entry.
3.19.4.3. Wage Ledger/Payment Deduction Report

Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports a combined wage ledger and payment deduction
report. This combined report template meets the requirements of both individual reports,
and contains detailed payment-related information for each employee for the year. You
can submit the archive process first, and then generate the report.
3.19.4.4. Rehire Employees Before Final Processing Date

Oracle HRMS for Japan now allows you to rehire an employee before the final
processing date.
3.19.4.5. Workers Register Report

Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the Workers Register report in Japanese
(Roudousha-Meibo). This report template meets the requirements of Article 107 of the
Labor Standards Law. You can submit the archive process with the employee details
report first, and then generate the report.
3.19.4.6. Employee Details Report

Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the Employee Details report in Japanese (Shain
Daicho). This report template contains the commonly used detailed employee
information. You can submit the archive process with the workers register report first,
and then generate the report.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Japan) 72
3.19.5. Release 12.1.3
3.19.5.1. Use Separation Certificate

Oracle HRMS for Japan now provides the report to generate a Separation Certificate
when an employee leaves the company. This report template meets the requirements
specified in Clause 1 of Article 7 in the Unemployment Insurance Law of Japan. The
report is archived. The report can be sorted based on termination date, employee number,
and assignment set.
3.19.5.2. Use Withholding Income Tax for Termination Income Report

Oracle HRMS for Japan now provides a report on withholding income tax for termination
income paid. This report template meets the requirements of Clause 2 of Article 226 in
the Income Tax Law of Japan. This report is archived. You can generate this report with
parameters such as Withholding Agent, and sort it based on district code, employee
number, and assignment set.

Prior to this release, users could view the payslip immediately online after the archive
process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, a new field is now
available to set the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users
can view the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
3.19.7.1. Support for My Number
Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the data capture for Personal Number or My
Number by employees. It also enables you use it for reporting in various legislative
reports.
3.20. Oracle HRMS (Korea)
3.20.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.20.1.1. Meet the Statutory Updates for the YEA Tax Receipt for 2007
National Tax Service (NTS) of Korea introduced a new layout for the Year End
Adjustment (YEA) Tax Receipt to meet the statutory updates for 2007. Oracle supports
this new layout to display the following:
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Korea) 73
Stock Purchase Option Execution Earning: Employees can now report to the
NTS the monetary amount they earn for any stock purchase as a Stock Purchase
Option Execution Earning. This amount is taxable. Oracle provides the new
balance Stock Purchase Option Execution Earning to record this amount.
Research Payment: The research payment that employers pay employees for
research purposes is now a part of the Non-Taxable amount. Previously, this
amount was a part of the Other Non-Taxable amount. Oracle provides the new
balance Research Payment to record this amount.
Exemption amounts and the number of additional children: You can now display
the exemption amount and the number of additional children for the employee.
Pension Premium and National Pension Premium Exemption amounts: To meet
the latest statutory requirements given by the NTS for the Tax Receipt report, the
report now displays the Pension Premium and National Pension Premium
Exemption amounts as separate items. As of this release, the Tax Receipt report
includes these items, but displays blank values for the amounts.
Female Exemption and Senior Exemption: You can now display whether an
employee receives the exemptions for female and senior dependents. You can
also record whether the employees receive exemptions for senior dependents and
for any additional children.
3.20.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.20.2.1. Comply with Statutory Changes for 2007

You can now:
Use the improved templates for year-end reporting.
Claim an employee's withheld income tax amount in the monthly payroll cycle
and bonus.
3.20.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.20.3.1. Comply with the Updated Layout for Year End Adjustment Ledger
Report and the RTF Template
The Korean Year End Adjustment Ledger Report and the RTF template now display the
Stock Purchase Option Execution Earning and the Research Payment information to meet
the latest statutory requirements.
3.20.3.2. Display Non-Taxable Earnings in Non-Statutory and Statutory Separation

Pay Tax Receipt
To comply with the latest Korea 2007 updates, the Non-Statutory/Statutory Separation
Pay Tax Receipt layout displays the non-taxable earnings in the Separation Pay Tax
Receipt for both current and previous employers.
3.20.3.3. Use the Updated Exemption Rate for Investment Partnership

The YEA Entry window and the YEA SSHR pages now display prompts for the
Financing Types as Financing (15%) and Financing (10%) to meet the statutory
requirements. The maximum limit for the Financing Type1 is now modified to 50% of
the Taxable Income and the percentage of the Financing Type1 is now changed from
30% to 15% effective January 1, 2007. The income exemption rate for Investment
Partnership Financing (Type2) has changed from 15% to 10% effective January 1, 2007.
3.20.3.4. Calculate the Tax Break Amount Using the New Value
Previously, political donations up to KRW 100,000 were eligible for tax exemptions. The
new guideline changes how this tax break amount is calculated.
The new global variable KR_YEA_POLITICAL_DONATION_EXEM_FAC, with a
value of 1.1, is available for calculating the tax break amount effective January 1, 2007.
3.20.3.5. Identify Korean Citizens as Foreigners and Eligible for Tax Exemptions
You can now identify Korean citizens as foreigners and exempt them from certain tax
regulations if they own a residence in a foreign country. When the employee is recorded
as a foreigner, the logic to calculate taxes changes.
You can record whether the employee owns a residence in a foreign country using the
new Foreign Residency check box on the Income Tax form.
3.20.3.6. Record Donation Receipt Number for Easy Identification

You can now record the donation receipt number issued by the recipient of the donation.
Oracle HRMS includes the new field Receipt No. in the Donation Details section of the
Donation Tax Exemption tab in the YEA Entry window. You can enter alphanumeric
characters. Alternatively, you can record this information on the Extra Assignment
Information descriptive flexfield and YEA sections of the Self-Service Entry page.
3.20.3.7. Exclude Double Exemption for Medical Expenses

Starting in the year 2007, the double exemption in the medical expense exemption
derived from the medical payment paid in credit cards and direct deposit cards is no
longer available. Therefore, the double exemption amount calculated from the medical
expense paid in cards is now excluded from the cards exemption.
3.20.3.8. Comply with the YEA Reclaim Sheet Layout Changes

The National Tax Service of Korea has introduced a new layout of Year End Adjustment
Reclaim Sheet to meet statutory tax changes for 2007. Oracle HRMS now supports the
new version for 2007 for legislative compliance. You can use the Korean version to
submit YEA information to the NTS. You can now view the additional children
exemption flag and the pension exemption details within the Reclaim Sheet.
3.20.3.9. Comply with the Latest Statutory Changes for 2008

Oracle HRMS supports the following statutory changes for 2008:
New tax rates for earnings
Card Exemption Rate is now 20% of the amount exceeding 20% of the taxable
earning
Change to the maximum exemption limit for specified donation to 15% from
10% effective as of January 1, 2008 and 20% effective as of January 1, 2010
3.20.3.10. Use the Updated Health Insurance and National Pension Premium Rates
On January 1, 2008, the Health Insurance Premium rate changed to 5.08%. The employer
pays 50% of the insurance premium and the employee pays the remaining amount.
Oracle HRMS uses the new rates to calculate the National Pension Premium as follows:
National Pension Premium = Monthly Earning * National Pension Premium Rate
3.20.3.11. Calculate Tax Exemptions for Employees with a Newborn or Adopted

Child
Starting January 1, 2008, employees are eligible for an exemption of KRW 2,000,000 for
expenses on a newborn baby or an adopted child. You can now record these expenses
using the Contact extra information type (EIT). You can also record the expenses for a
dependent using the Income Tax window and the Self Service HR YEA Entry page.
The YEA and TAX formulas have been modified to calculate the tax exemption for
employees who have had a newborn or adopted child.
3.20.3.12. Use the Updated Foreign Worker Income Exemption Rates

Starting January 1, 2007, the income exemption for foreign worker is 30% of taxable
earnings (Item 21 of 2006 YEA Tax Receipt). The non-taxable earnings are not included
in the foreign worker income exemption calculations.
3.20.3.13. Record Both Summary and Details for Medical Expenses

Previously, you could record medical expenses either using the Summary region or the
Details region on the Medical Exemption tab of the YEA Entry window, but not both.
According to the new NTS requirements, you can now record both the summary and
details. Oracle HRMS enables you to record both or a part of the medical expense
information using the Summary region and the remaining in the Details region.
The new check box Medical Expense Details Required is enables you to record in both
the regions. The application uses the total amount for calculation purposes.
3.20.4.1. Maintain Detailed Donation Information for Dependents

Starting in 2008, NTS allows donation exemptions for employees and for their
dependents. To meet this statutory requirement, Oracle HRMS enables you to maintain
additional information for calculating donation exemptions in YEA.
A new donation type, Public Legal Entity Donation Trust, is available. Public Legal
Entity Donation Trust Carry Over Details is a new section on the Donation Tax
Exemptions tab of the YEA Entry form and Self-Service Human Resources YEA Entry
page.
You can record the dependent donation details such as Donation (NTS) and Donation
(Other) with the Extra Contact Information descriptive flexfield. You can record the
donation expense details only for spouse or child and only if you have set the Dependent
(Income Tax Law) flag to Yes in the Further Contact Information descriptive flexfield.
You must record the donor name and NTS/Other in the Extra Assignment Information
descriptive flexfield and the Donation Details section of the Donation Tax Exemptions
tab in the YEA Entry window. You can record details in the descriptive flexfield only
through the YEA Entry form or through the SSHR YEA Entry page.
The KR Year End Adjustment Tax Receipt Report/RTF displays the donation expenses
for the dependents on the second page of the report.
3.20.4.2. Comply with the Latest Detailed Medical Information Updates
The NTS provides new statutory updates for detailed medical expense information. To
comply with these updates, Oracle HRMS now maintains additional information for e-file
reporting in 2008 YEA.
3.20.4.3. Record Type B Tax Group Information

With this release, Oracle now complies with the requirement of Korean government for
recording and maintaining the Type B Tax Group post-tax deduction from January 1,
2008. You can record the Type B Tax Group information using the YEA Entry form.
YEA Results displays the Type B Tax Group information on the Income Details tab and
the Post Tax Deductions amount on the Tax Details tab. The YEA Tax Receipt report
displays the Type B Tax Group information in the Earnings List By Working Place
section and the Post Tax Deductions amount in the Post Tax Deduction section of the
report.
3.20.4.4. Comply with the 2008 Layout Updates for KR Year End Adjustment Tax
Receipt
The NTS has introduced a new layout for the Year End Adjustment Tax Receipt for
2008, which includes:
Housing Loan Repay Exemption
Long Term Housing Loan Interest Repay Exemption
Housing Saving Exemption
Small Business Install Exemption
Newborn, Adopted Exemption
Birth Raising Allowance
Foreign Worker Exemption
Oracle HRMS displays these items within the Year End Adjustment Tax Receipt.
3.20.4.5. Use the Latest Layout for YEA Ledger Report

The National Tax Service of Korea has introduced a new layout for the Year End
Adjustment Ledger to meet the statutory tax changes for 2008. Oracle incorporates these
changes, which include:
Non-Taxable Overseas Earnings in Foreign Currency
Birth Raising Allowance
Foreign Worker Income Exemption
3.20.4.6. Comply with the YEA Reclaim Sheet Changes

Oracle HRMS for Korea meets the new guidelines for the YEA Reclaim Sheet specified
by the NTS and displays the following:
Birth-Adoption Exemption
Donation Amounts of Dependents
Separation Pension
Housing Expense Donation Expenses
Small Business Installment Exemption
Card Expense Exemption
Long Term Stock Exemption Fund
3.20.4.7. Comply with Statutory Updates for 2008

The layouts of the KR Year End Adjustment Tax Receipt Report, KR Year End
Adjustment Reclaim Sheet Report, YEA Results, YEA Entry, and the RTF templates
now include the following changes to comply with the statutory updates:
Long Term Stock Fund
Company Related Expense
Additional Child Exemption for Disabled Children
3.20.4.8. Record Additional Children Exemption for Dependents

Employees are eligible for an Additional Children Exemption if they have a child by birth
or adoption but do not receive any exemption for other dependents such as grandchildren.
To avoid calculating the exemptions incorrectly, you can use the Excluded from Add'l
Children Exemption on the Further Contact Relationship Information descriptive
flexfield. The default value is No. Specifying Yes excludes the dependent from the
Additional Children Exemption.
3.20.4.9. Display Double Exemption for Medical Expense

Employees are eligible for a double exemption for medical expenses paid in cards for
2008. The layouts of the YEA Entry, Income tax, Reclaim Sheet report and the RTF
template are modified to reflect this change.
3.20.4.10. Display Detailed Donation Information in the E-File

According to the latest statutory update, the Detailed Donation Information E-File must
include the details of employees who have donated 1,00,000 or more including those of
the dependents.
3.20.4.11. Use the Updated Statutory and Non-Statutory Separation Pay E-Files
The Statutory and Non-Statutory Separation Pay e-files now include the Overseas Tax
Break amounts and other layout changes.
3.20.5. Release 12.1.3
3.20.5.1. Rehire Before Final Close for Korea

Oracle HRMS for Korea now enables users to rehire an employee before the final
processing date.
3.20.6.1. KR XML Data Extract/Upload

In 2010, NTS has introduced a new feature to extract NTS-provided employee YEA
information on their web page into a PDF. This PDF output can then be extracted into an
XML format and validated using NTS-provided APIs. The validated information can then
be uploaded into a system such as Oracle Human Capital Management. This
enhancement delivers the functionality to extract the PDF from the NTS web page into
XML, validate it, and upload into the Assignment Extra Information tables.
3.20.7.1. KR YEA XML Data Extract

The NTS provides the YEA information to every employee on its NTS website. The
employee may download the information in a PDF file from the website and use it in the
end of year processing, avoiding manual entry. Oracle Payroll uses java APIs provided
by NTS to extract the YEA information from the PDF document. The user can than
validate the information in the YEA Entry forms and finally confirm it for YEA
reporting.
The application provides for mass upload of YEA information for all employees by the
administrator. There is also support for upload of the YEA XML Data Extract through
Employee Self-Service. A new self-service page is provided that enables employees to
import and upload the XML data from the PDF file.

process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, a new field is now
available to set the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users
can view the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
3.21. Oracle HRMS (Kuwait)
3.21.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.21.1.1. Produce Report 166 for the PIFSS Based on Revised Rates
The Public Institution for Social Security (PIFSS) social insurance schemes for
employees includes pension fund contributions. As of August 1, 2007, the rate for the
employee pension fund contributions increases from 1 to 2 percent, resulting in an
increase from 6 to 7 percent for the total employee social insurance. This release revises
the values used to calculate the contributions and to produce Report 166 for the PIFSS.
The employee pension fund contributions are now calculated based on 2 percent
(KW_SI_CALCULATION). When you generate Report 166 after August 1 2007, the
application displays the appropriate result for the employee pension deduction.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Kuwait) 79
3.21.2.1. Use the Payroll Exception Report

The core payroll process Payroll Exception Report is now available for Kuwait.
3.21.3. Release 12.1.2

With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Kuwait. This feature enables users to
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based

Oracle Payroll for Kuwait now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape output
files (.mf and .out) from the application.

From R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the Kuwait
localization. No additional setup is needed to use this feature.

as run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the

to get their desired look and feel, and the XML Publisher engine produces a PDF
document as output.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Kuwait) 80
3.21.5. Release 12.2.4

In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Kuwait localization. Now,
prior to the final process date. The Kuwait reports have been modified to support this
feature.
3.21.6.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering Oracle HRMS seed data for Kuwait has been enhanced.
Fewer regressions
test data
3.22. Oracle HRMS (Mexico)
3.22.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.22.1.1. Manage Social Security Information through Integrated Archiver

The various Social Security reporting archivers have been consolidated into a single
process, the Social Security Archiver.
The Social Security Archiver is a concurrent program that archives data used for
reporting to the social security institutes. The program archives employee and salary
information related to the following areas:
Employee hire or re-hire
Personal data such as National Identifier and Name
Changes to an employee's salary
Employee separation or termination
Absences and Leaves
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Mexico) 81
Disabilities
INFONAVIT data
SUA transactions
You can then generate the appropriate statutory reports through the following
mechanisms:
Social Security Affiliation Report (employment and salary change reporting)
SUA Interface Extract (SUA transactions)
Annual Work Risk Incident Report (Work Risk Incident Premium reporting)
3.22.1.2. Successfully Create and Save GRE Organizations

You can now successfully create and save government reporting entity (GRE)
organizations.
3.22.1.3. Implement and Archive Change of GRE for Employees

When you perform a change of GRE for an employee, that change is now recognized and
archived by the Social Security Archive process.
3.22.1.4. Specify Names of Over 15 Characters as Timecard Approvers

When specifying a timecard approver, you can now select employees with names of over
15 characters in length.
3.22.1.5. Specify Legal Employer when Running the DIM Report

When running the DIM report, a parameter allows you to select the Legal Employer from
the list of values.
3.22.1.6. Run QuickPay with IDW Elements in Spanish Instances

You can now run a QuickPay/Payroll Run on a Spanish language instance, and it will not
generate errors when it processes the Integrated Daily Wage element.
3.22.1.7. View IDSE File Content More Easily

The content of the IDSE file output now appears on multiple lines rather on a single line.
3.22.1.8. Access State Tax Rules Descriptive Flexfield Without Errors

In environments in which both US and Mexican legislations are running, you can now
view the State Tax Rules descriptive flexfield without generating errors.
3.22.1.9. Use the hr_mx_ex_employee_api.mx_final_process_emp API without

Errors
You can now execute the hr_mx_ex_employee_api.mx_final_process_emp API without
generating errors.
3.22.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.22.2.1. North American 2007 Reporting Enhancements and Statutory Updates

Oracle HRMS supports statutory changes for End of Year 2007 for Mexico, which
include:
Enhancement to the ISR Tax Format 37
Enhancement to the Information Declaration Report (DIM) program
Revised statutory tax rates for Colima, Guanajuato, Morelos, Puebla and
Queretaro
3.22.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.22.3.1. Comply with Employer State Tax Changes

The Employer State Tax has been updated with the most recent taxability rules.
3.22.3.2. Comply with ISR Tax Changes

Updates have been made for annual ISR tax tables under article 177 and 178 for Year
2007. These rates are effective as of January 1, 2007.
3.22.4.1. Use the ISR Periodic Tax Adjustments

The new run type Monthly Tax Adjustment has been added to payroll run and the
existing Tax Adjustment run type has been updated.
3.22.4.2. Use the New BI Publisher Report ISR Subsidy for Emp Paid
A new XML Publisher Report ISR Subsidy for Emp Paid is now available.
3.22.5.1. Payroll Simulator

Users can now model employee payslips using the new Payroll Simulator available
online. This feature can be used to quickly and accurately answer payslip-related
questions and address what-if scenarios such as how net pay would be impacted by
altering Tax Related Details, Earnings Details, and Deductions Details. Users can also
print a PDF copy of the model payslip.
This feature is available only to payroll professionals (administrators) via Self-Service.
3.22.5.2. SS Archiver Reports (SUA extracts and SS Affiliation)

Users can now run Social Security processes by Legal Employer. This feature
significantly enhances the SS administration as it allows users to process the Social
Security reports (SUA Extract, Affiliation Report and Annual Work Incident Report) for
all GREs belonging to a Legal Employer in a single run. Social Security reports support
both run options: Legal Employer and GRE.

This feature allows customers to rehire a terminated employee before the final close date.
The Legislative Rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD is now enabled for Mexico.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2. 4.
3.22.6.1. New Integrated Daily Wage (IDW) Audit Report

A new IDW Report is now available that provides both summary and detailed
information about how the employee Integrated Daily Wage was computed per pay
period. When run in detailed mode, it provides the fixed and variable earnings that
contributed to the IDW.

The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll
process information by providing the ability to perform readiness checks, monitor payroll
processes, and perform data analysis all in a single place. In addition to payroll processes,
the Payroll Dashboard also offers payroll professionals with the ability to monitor and
analyze the Mexico social security process.
3.22.7.2. QuickPay Archiver

Mexico Payroll has been enhanced to archive payroll information for a single assignment
after running a QuickPay. The Start Archive button is visible only when the QuickPay
process and QuickPay prepayment processes are completed successfully for an
assignment. The payroll user can also easily view the QuickPay Archiver results using
the View Requests window. This new process is useful to payroll users as it can serve as
a way to rerun the archive process for just one or a few errored assignments without
having to roll back and rerun the entire archive process.
3.23. Oracle HRMS (Netherlands)
3.23.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.23.1.1. Make the Civilian Service Number Optional

The SOFI number is now called Civilian Service Number or BSN.
With this release, you can use the new HR: Make National Identifier Optional profile
option to make the SOFI Number optional.
3.23.1.2. Use New Dutch First Day Notification Report

With this release, you can use the new Dutch First Day Notification Report to meet
statutory requirements for an employee attached to an HR organization with tax details.
This is applicable if an employee is hired, terminated, rehired, or if you update employee
records on or after July 4, 2006.
3.23.1.3. Group Multiple Assignments by Employer

You can use the new Assignment Process Group field on the Dutch Business Group EIT
to group multiple assignments by employer or payroll.
3.23.1.4. Use New Profile Options

With this release, you can use the following new profile options:
Security profile enabled in the Absence Action List Report and Re-integration
Actions Report.
HR: Display Special Rate Annual Income on Assignment to calculate and display
the Special Rate Annual Income. If you set this profile option to No, then the
application does not calculate and display the Special Rate Annual Income.
HR: Default Income Code to set the default income code for all employees.
3.23.1.5. Support Refund of ZVW Contributions to Employees

With this release, Oracle Payroll supports the refund of ZVW contributions to employees
by the tax authorities or employers. You can perform retro calculations when calculating
ZVW refund contributions.
3.23.1.6. Include Latest Assignment Details in the Dutch ATS Reports

Oracle Payroll now provides functionality to attach assignments to a payroll throughout
the year and display the assignment details in the Dutch ATS Report.
The report displays only those assignments that have payroll runs. Previously, the Dutch
Annual Tax Statement Archive did not archive any assignments that you attached later
than the beginning of the year.
3.23.1.7. Use Enhanced Life Saving Scheme Features

Oracle Payroll now provides enhanced support for the Life Saving Scheme, so
participating employees can withdraw the amount saved to compensate for unpaid leave
or in case of retirement. Additionally, employees withdrawing money from their Life
Saving Scheme receive the Life Cycle Leave Discount, which is paid as part of the
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 85
employees net earnings. To satisfy legislative requirements, any unused Life Cycle
Leave Discount is not carried forward to the next pay period.
3.23.1.8. Use Updated Reports to Support Legislative Changes

With this release, Oracle Payroll provides updated reports that use new balances and
subsidies for travel allowances, retro travel allowances, and wage tax subsidies to support
legislative changes.
The following changes have been made to the reports:
Remuneration report:
Displays Yes if the yearly values of Travel Allowance or Retro Travel Allowance
are non-zero for the assignment in the Travel Allowance indicator.
Modified to change the display of ZVW Refund amount.
Displays LSS changes.
Payslip:
Displays the Travel Allowance and Retro Travel Allowance values along with
the Net Earnings in the Payments and Deductions section.
Modified to show ZVW Refund and Retro ZVW Refund.
Wage report:
Displays the Travel Allowance and Retro Travel Allowance values along with
the Net Earnings.
Displays the public sector and own risk cover details.
Supports reporting for Lunar Month period type.
3.23.1.9. Use New Wage Subsidies for Payroll Processing

There are two new types of wage tax subsidies: Student and EVC. The Wages report
displays two new elements, Wage Tax Subsidy EVC and Retro Wage Tax Subsidy in the
Wage Tax Subsidy Education Amount.
3.23.1.10. Support for Late Hire Processing in Payroll

With this release, Oracle Payroll supports computation of tax and SI based on the salary-
earned date for the payroll process of new hires, where the date paid is in a different
period.
3.23.1.11. Use the New Adjustment Component to Carry Forward Earnings

With this release, you can use the new Adjustment RetroPay component to calculate
deductions after carrying forward the difference only in earnings to the current period.
The existing Standard RetroPay component (now changed to the Correction component)
calculates deductions by processing tax and social insurance in the original period.
3.23.1.12. Process Tax and SI Balances using AAOP instead of IP High and IP Low
Pension Schemes
Starting from January 2007, there is a new ABP Pension Type, ABP Disability Insurance
(AAOP). This pension type replaces the existing IP High and IP Low pension types. The
ABP Reporting functionality is updated to reflect these changes. The new pension type is
reported via Record 09 with a contribution code of AP.
3.23.1.13. Use the Modified Dutch Annual Tax Statement Report
The Dutch Annual Tax Statement Report has been updated to support legislative changes:
Replaced the Insured for ZFW field with the Wage for ZVW field. The Wage for
ZVW field reports the YTD balance for calculating the ZVW health insurance
contribution or the employers deduction. Replaced the ZFW or Private Health
Insurance Contribution field with the Deducted Contribution for ZVW field. The
Deducted Contribution for ZVW field reports the YTD balance for employee
contribution for ZVW.
Changed the layout of the address lines to comply with the Dutch address format.
Added a new field, Period of Service. This field displays the period of service of
the employee in the current year in the format DD/MM/RRRR - DD/MM/RRRR.
Added the employer name and tax registration number for each employee in the
report. These two values are either of the legal employer (if attached) or of the
employer derived from the hierarchy.
3.23.1.14. Use New Dutch Element RetroPay Setup Report to Display Retro Setup
of User Element
With this release, you can use the new Dutch Element RetroPay Setup Report to view the
RetroPay setup of all elements. You run the report to either display all the elements or
only the elements with RetroPay setup. Select either the All Elements option or the
Elements with RetroPay Setup option for the Element Records field in the Concurrent
Programs window.
3.23.1.15. Reduce Data Volumes and Improve Performance by Producing Fewer

Run Result Values
Oracle Payroll has enhanced the payroll run to eliminate unwanted run result values. The
payroll run no longer saves run results that do not contain a value. This change improves
the performance of the payroll run and reduces the space needed for the run results.
Do not implement this feature if you have written your own reports that depend on null
result values.
Oracle Payroll does not suppress null run results unless your System Administrator has
enabled this feature by:
Checking that the Generic Upgrade Mechanism contains an upgrade called
Enable Sparse Matrix Null Run Result Values Functionality.
Running the Enable Sparse Matrix Null Run Result Values Functionality
upgrade.
3.23.1.16. Configure Precision of Maximum Salary Type

With this release, when defining an SI Type, you can configure the precision of the
Maximum Salary field to display three decimals for rounding purposes.
3.23.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.23.2.1. Year End Report

Using the new Dutch Year End report, users can now generate the year-end payroll data.
As the Year End Report is an extension of the Dutch Wage Report, it uses the Dutch
Wage Report Generator and Dutch Wage Report concurrent programs to generate the
Year End report.
3.23.3.1. Use Updated Wage Reports for 2009

Starting in January 2009, the tax authorities have introduced checks on the consistency of
the Wage report. Beginning October 1, 2009, the tax authorities will reject reports that do
not comply with the given checks. With this release, you can ensure that the Wage report
complies with the required checks. The application performs the checks on the archived
data of the Wage report and displays violations, if any, in the Exception report.
3.23.3.2. Use New Tax Code 950

To comply with the legislative changes for 2009, you can now use the new tax code 950.
3.23.3.3. Use Labor Handicap Discount and Old Age Discount Changes
With this release, you can use the updated Labor Handicap discount and the Old Age
discount.
3.23.3.4. Use Tax table Changes for 2009

You can now use the updated user tables and global values, effective January 1, 2009.
3.23.3.5. Use Updated Dutch Wage Report

You can now report the National Holiday Gift Taxable Amount and Early Retirement and
pre pension Taxable Amount in the Flat Rate Taxation EIT at the employer level.
3.23.3.6. Use ZVW Changes

Prior to this release, the application calculated the foreigner rule (30%) tax adjustment for
taxable income and ZVW income on income that includes the Life Savings Deduction
and the Life Savings Withdrawal.
This release modifies the formulae for the foreigner rule (30%) tax adjustment to enable
the application to calculate adjustments after excluding the Life Saving Deduction and
the Life Savings Withdrawal from the actual income. However, the application continues
to calculate tax deductions and ZVW contributions using the final income after excluding
the Life Savings Deduction and Life Savings Withdrawal.
3.23.3.7. Use the Updated Addressing Female Employee Field in the Person
Window
You can now use a new value, Partner Name + Birth Name [s1], in the Addressing
Female Employee field in the Person window.
3.23.4. Release 12.1.2

(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Netherlands. This feature enables
users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank
statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle
Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.23.4.2. Use Payroll Exception Report

This feature is enabled in the Netherlands localization to allow users to identify
3.23.4.3. Group Action Parameter

Oracle Payroll for Netherlands now provides the flexibility of defining payroll action
parameters at a non-global level. The Pay Action Parameter Groups feature allows users
to group the action parameters and their values, associating them with particular
processes

Oracle Payroll for Netherlands localization enables users to view an assignments costing
details using the View Cost Allocation page before running the Costing process.

Oracle Payroll for Netherlands now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape
output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the View
Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape process, and click the
View Output button.
3.23.5.1. Labor Cost Arrangement (LCA)

The Dutch Labour Cost Arrangement (LCA) allows an employer to pay employees tax-
free labour amounts without justification. However, when the total of payments for an
employer exceeds the threshold, the employer must pay the LCA flat rate tax for the
amount above the threshold. The LCA method is voluntary for years 2011 through 2013,
but becomes mandatory beginning in 2014. During the voluntary period an employer may
use it, for example, in 2012 and then switch back to the current legislation in 2013.
This release delivers a new seeded balance, LCA Payments, which feeds the LCA
Payments, a new Additional Organization Information Labour Cost Agreement (into
which details must be entered to enable LCA computation), and the new concurrent
program Dutch Labour Cost Agreement Audit Report which produces a PDF explaining
the LCA computation.
The Dutch Wage Report Generator uses the Organization Information and Balance values
for each period to derive the LCA tax and archive it. Users must data lock one wage
report archive for each period. The Dutch Wage Report then reports the archived value in
the tag EhOvsFrfWrkkstrg.
3.23.5.2. Digital Sickness Reporting

In the Netherlands, UWV is the Social Insurance Provider, which provides social
insurance payments for certain sickness. Previously, employers were required to provide
this information on paper. UWV now accepts digital reports (XML files).
For Digital Sickness Reporting, the user captures additional information at the following
levels:
HR Organization
Legal Employer
Collective Agreement
Person (Including Address, Phone, Contact)
Absence
Changes have been made in related descriptive flexfields and lookups.
The following new concurrent programs are provided for archiving and reporting:
Dutch Sickness Report
Dutch Sickness Recovery Report
Dutch Long Term Sickness Report
Dutch Long Term Sickness Recovery Report
Dutch WAZO Report
These reports produce individual XML files for each absence as per the specifications of
UWV and may be submitted to UWV using a third party tool. A summary PDF report
detailing the individual sickness reports is also produced for audit purposes.
Digital sickness reporting solution also caters to withdrawal and regeneration of these
reports.
3.23.6.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering predefined data for Netherlands HRMS has been enhanced.
With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files. Each entity
is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from hrglobal.drv
and post install steps must be run.
Fewer regressions
test data


to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and the XML Publisher engine produces a
3.23.7.1. Contingent Worker

In the Dutch localization, users can now update the employee information for Contingent
Worker through Self-Service Human Resources or the Maintain Contingent Worker
template.
3.24. Oracle HRMS (New Zealand)
3.24.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.24.1.1. Contribute and Report the KiwiSaver Deductions to Inland Revenue

Employers and employees may contribute to the KiwiSaver scheme. Employers are
exempted from paying Specified Superannuation Contribution Withholding Tax
(SSCWT) if they contribute to the KiwiSaver on the behalf of their employees.
Employers report and submit details of KiwiSaver contributions and deductions to the
Inland Revenue Department (IRD). Oracle HRMS for New Zealand provides elements,
balances, and balance dimensions to enable you to process and calculate these KiwiSaver
deductions.
3.24.2.1. Comply with Latest Statutory Updates for October 2008

This release complies with the following statutory changes effective as of October 1,
2008:
Changes to PAYE Tax rate and thresholds
Changes to Extra Pay Tax thresholds
Change to the SSCWT to ESCT
Changes to ESCT thresholds and rates
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (New Zealand) 91
3.24.2.2. Use Enhanced RetroPay to Calculate Back-Dated KiwiSaver
Contributions
Enhanced RetroPay for KiwiSaver Contributions in New Zealand is introduced. You can
use Enhanced RetroPay to calculate and deduct the contributions for any backdated
changes in salary and subsequently any backdated KiwiSaver contribution changes.
3.24.2.3. Comply with the Latest Statutory Updates from April 2009
Oracle HRMS for New Zealand complies with the following statutory updates effective
as of April 1, 2009:
Increased maximum rate for ACC Earner Levy
Increased Earners Levy rate
Increased Student Loan threshold rates
Changed Income threshold tax rate
New tax codes ME and ME SL for PAYE calculations
Changed Income threshold for ESCT
Change to the rate of Compulsory Employer contributions to KiwiSaver
Removal of ETC
3.24.3.1. Rehire Before Final Close

With this enhancement, this restriction preventing employees from being rehired before
the final process date has been removed for the New Zealand localization. Now,
prior to the final process date.
3.24.3.2. Support for Upgrade to Single Latest Balance Table

Previously, the Generic Upgrade for Single Latest Balance Table Upgrade process had to
be enabled for each legislation. With this release, this process is made generic and
available to all localizations. This eases the support of latest balances and ensures
performance improvements made due to the single model.
3.24.3.3. Enter and Maintain PHF, SI and EA Information in HTML Pages

This enhancement enables you to enter and maintain the PHF/SI/EA information using
HTML pages. Using these pages, users can query, add, correct and delete in a user-
friendly interface.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (New Zealand) 92
3.24.4.1. New Payroll Reconciliation Summary Report

Oracle HRMS for New Zealand delivers the Payroll Reconciliation Summary report for
the detailed report Payroll Reconciliation (New Zealand) (XML). This report is used to
reconcile payroll payments to employees and supports both PDF and Excel outputs.
Two new concurrent programs, Payroll Reconciliation Summary (New Zealand) (XML)
and Generate New Zealand Report (PDF or Excel), produce XML and PDF or Excel
outputs respectively.
3.24.4.2. Display Hours and Rate Information for Earnings

This enhancement enables employers to provide the hours and rates that employees have
been paid and it enables employees to view their hours and rate information for earnings
through the online payslip, statement of earnings, or pay advice.
3.24.4.3. Report Using the New KiwiSaver Employment Details E-File

Oracle HRMS for New Zealand enables employers to submit the KiwiSaver Employment
Details (KED) report electronically to notify Inland Revenue of:
New employees who are automatically enrolled into KiwiSaver
Existing employees who are not automatically enrolled but join KiwiSaver
Employees who have been automatically enrolled, but have opted out of
KiwiSaver
3.25.
Oracle HRMS (Norway)
3.25.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.25.1.1. Use the Documents of Record Functionality to Store Document

Information
You can use the updated Documents of Record Self-Service functionality to store
document information. You can now capture information specific to the Document Type
Follow-up Plan.
3.25.1.2. Use the Modified NUS-2000 Code for the Employee's Qualification Type
You can now use the value set for the NUS-2000 Code field and add appropriate
meanings for the qualification type.
3.25.1.3. Process Holiday Pay for Your Employees

You can record various holiday absences for employees and you can administer holiday
pay. Use the Absence Entry window to record absences and absence-related information,
and then run the payroll to calculate the holiday pay.
3.25.1.4. Process All Absence Categories to Administer Absence Pay Effectively

You can record all categories of absences such as sickness, parental leave, and adoption
leave to administer absence pay. You can use predefined elements and formulas to
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document

Oracle HRMS (Norway) 93
calculate benefits and deductions amounts easily. You can record additional information
at the employer and employee level to support the absence pay process.
3.25.1.5. Generate Sickness Leave and Absence Statistics Report

You can generate and submit reports that list sickness and absence statistics to statutory
authorities.
3.25.1.6. Calculate the Impact of Reimbursements of Absence and Holiday Pay on

Employer Contribution
When you calculate the Absence benefit or Holiday Pay on the Absence amount to be
reclaimed from the Social Security Office, Oracle HRMS enables you to calculate the
portion of Employer's Contribution that you reclaim.
3.25.1.7. Use the Self-Service Tax Card Interface to Enter Tax Card Details
The Tax Card User Interface enables you to enter data for a tax card in the Tax Card
element. This interface opens in a browser and performs various validations on the data
you enter. You can use this interface to manually create tax card details.
3.25.1.8. Generate Online Payslip

Employees can view their payslips online using SSHR. Oracle HRMS generates the
payslip based on archived data. Providing this information reduces the number of pay-
related questions that salary administrators receive.
3.25.1.9. Stay Informed with New Payroll Reports

You can generate the following payroll reports using the Submit Request window:
Employee Deduction reports
Norwegian Tax Levy Deduction Report: View tax levy deduction details per
payee for a given period.
Norwegian Union Due Deduction Report: View union due deduction details per
payee for a given period.
Norwegian Support order and other Deduction Report: Use this report to view
support order and other deduction details per payee for a given period.
Payroll Accounting Report: Audit and check consistency between the employer's
general ledger application and payroll application. Use this report for
reconciliation purposes.
Employer Contribution and Withholding Tax Report: View a bi-monthly report
on Employer's Contribution and Withholding Tax.
End of Year Report: Generate the employees earnings and remunerations along
with tax deducted information.
Salary Statistics Report: Comply with Statistics Norway and submit reports in
their approved format.
3.25.1.10. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2006 Taxation Changes

Oracle HRMS provides legislative updates and changes to help you manage the processes
as per the new values for 2006. These changes apply to tax tables, payslips, and holiday

pay, and they enable you to upload tax table data per localization rather than per business
group.

Oracle HRMS provides legislative updates and changes to tax and statutory deductions to
help you manage the processes as per the new values for 2006.
3.25.1.12. Support Recent Legislative Changes

The following changes have been made to support legislative updates for 2007:
The End of year Archiver now archives information for both Employers and
Employees. This is useful when generating Certificate of Pay and Tax Deducted
report for each employee. The Archiver also archives the information for the new
zones.
The Employee Audit Report has a new field to display Dates/Days only for
eligible employees.
A new criterion has been introduced to group eligible codes to sum up the values
or additional information.
The new Employers and Employees Register report displays all current and
historic employments of an employee and the number of employees currently and
historically employed in the organization. The report supports two formats:
Status Control and Continuous Reporting. Both formats generate an electronic
flat file, which you can submit to the NIA, and an Audit file, which lists the
contents of the electronic file.
3.25.1.13. Use Advance Pay Process to Pay Employees in Advance

The Advance Pay process enables you to pay employees in advance for holidays or other
events. The process performs payroll runs for the periods to be advanced, using all date
effective information in place, and stores the final net figure as the amount to be
advanced.
3.25.1.14. Use RetroPay Functionality to Pay Backdated Amounts to Employees

The Enhanced RetroPay core payroll process is now available for Norway. You can use
either of the two RetroPay components:
Correction: Use this option to recalculate tax and SI balances on adjusted
earnings for each period and carry forward the difference in both earnings and
deductions to the current period.
Adjustment: Use this option to recalculate deductions after carrying forward the
difference in earnings to the current period.

You can now use the Batch Printing of Payslip solution to generate the payslips as one
PDF output.
3.25.1.16. Reduce Data Volumes and Improve Performance by Producing Fewer

Run Result Values
Oracle Payroll has enhanced the payroll run to eliminate unwanted run result values. The
payroll run no longer saves those null run results, that is, those run results that do not

contain a value. This change improves the performance of the payroll run and reduces the
space needed for the run results.
Do not implement this feature if you have written your own reports that depend on null
result values.
Oracle Payroll does not suppress null run results unless your System Administrator has
enabled this feature by:
Checking that the Generic Upgrade Mechanism contains an upgrade called
Enable Sparse Matrix Null Run Result Values Functionality.
Running the Enable Sparse Matrix Null Run Result Values Functionality
upgrade.
3.25.1.17. Implement Mandatory Occupational Pension Scheme

Use the Mandatory Occupational Pension scheme to pay employer contributions to group
pension funds for your employees. Using this feature, you can:
Register information about various pension providers.
Register information about different pension types.
Map pension providers or agreements to employer.
Register pension information about employees or assignments.
You can also:
Estimate the employers pension premium and the Employers Contribution of
pension premium per payroll run.
Estimate the Agreement Based Pension premium per payroll run.
Deduct the employees pension contribution per payroll run.
Enable an element for entering actual paid collective pension (Employers part)
per employee.

Oracle Payroll.
3.25.1.19. Improve the Performance of Oracle Payroll Processing

To improve payroll run performance, Oracle Payroll creates and maintains Latest Balance
Values. If these values were not created, the payroll process would calculate balance
values by summing the run results for all balances. This has a significant impact on the
first payroll run. This release enables you to use Latest Balances for Oracle Payroll
processing.
3.25.2.1. Comply with Legislative Changes for 2007/2008

This release delivers the legislative updates for 2008. Now, you can:
Use the following updated reports and XML files:

o Norwegian End of Year Employee Certificate Report
o Norwegian End of Year Employer Contribution Summary Report
o Norwegian End of Year Employee Certificate XML File
o Norwegian End of Year Employer Contribution XML File
Use updated reporting codes, effective as of January 2007.
Use new rates for domestic travel, effective as of May, 1, 2008.
Use new rates for Domestic Mileage rate for Electrical Driven Car, legitimated
domestic night rates for hotel stay, and day trips that are not classified as official
journeys.
Use revised National Insurance Base Rate, effective as of 01-May-2008.
Use the revised Preferential Loan Interest.
3.25.2.2. Comply with EOY0708 Legislative Changes Effective as of 2008

You can now use the following components to comply with End of Year Changes for
2008:
Updated High-rate tables for 2008
New and changed municipal taxes from 2008
Updated globals for 2008:
o Union dues pre-tax deduction amount
o Free company cars
o Free boarding and lodging
o Tax authority threshold rate for withholding tax on overnight travel
o Tax-free card threshold amount
o Interest rate and preferential loans

3.25.4.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering predefined HRMS data for Norway has been enhanced.

hrglobal.drv and post install steps must be run.
Fewer regressions
test data
This feature is forward ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.
3.25.5. Release 12.2.4

In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Norway localization. Now,
prior to the final process date. The Norway reports have been modified to support this
feature.
3.26. Oracle HRMS (Romania)
3.26.1. Release 12.2
3.26.1.1. Employee Identification

Romanian legislative requirements for name and address format, CNP (Cod Numeric
Personal, or Numerical Personal Code), identity documents, back account details,
medical assessment, and so on are supported.
3.26.1.2. Employment
This section comprises customized attributes related to different forms of employment
and the main clauses in the labor contracts: contract categories and job titles, as required
by the Romanian legislation: COR (Clasificarea Ocupatiilor din Romania, or the
Classification of Occupations in Romania). Different working conditions are supported.
3.26.1.3. Organizations
Attributes that define the employer in the Romanian legislative context for statutory
reporting purposes are supported. These attributes include reporting entities, compers
juridical, organizing, and property forms and official activity area codification (CAEN).
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Romania) 98
3.26.2. Release 12.2.5
3.26.2.1. Employee Self-Service

In this release HR functions are enabled in Self-Service for Romania legislation. Now
employees can update personal details, contact details, and address details using Self-
Service applications.
3.27. Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia

The core payroll process, Payroll Exception Report, is now available for Saudi Arabia.
3.27.2. Release 12.1.2

(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Saudi Arabia. This feature enables
Payroll based on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.27.2.2. Display Balance Breakdown

With R12.1.2, a new region is available in the Balance form in the Saudi Arabia
localization. This region displays the balance breakdown for all of the context sensitive
balances, thus allowing users to view all the relevant balance values.

Oracle Payroll for Saudi Arabia localization now enables users to easily access the
magnetic tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature,
navigate to the View Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape
process, and click the View Output button

With R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the Saudi Arabia
localization. No additional setup is required.
3.27.2.5. Purge Process

The Purge process provided by Oracle Payroll enables users to delete unneeded data from
the payroll tables to free up space and improve performance. The concurrent process
Archive Payments and Deductions for Payslip is provided to archive the historic payslip
information. You must run this concurrent process to archive historic data.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia 99


3.27.3.3. SI Calculations for Other Kuwait and United Arab Emirates Nationals
You can now ensure that the social insurance calculation complies with the percentages
stipulated by Kuwait law for Kuwait nationals working in Saudi Arabia and with the
UAE law for UAE nationals working in Saudi Arabia.
3.27.4.1. Acknowledgment Letter (Public Sector)

At employee request, an employment acknowledgement is issued to identify the
employee's employment details. There are three types of acknowledgement letters:
For Saudi employees, with salary details
For Saudi employees, without salary details
For non-Saudi employees, with salary details
You can generate acknowledgement letters using the concurrent program Saudi
Acknowledgement Letter (XML).
3.27.4.2. Position Control (Public Sector)

Saudi Public Sector Business Groups require different types of work structure hierarchy
to maintain the position details of employees in an organization. Saudi Position Control
delivers changes to the Position, Job, and Grade components, along with associated
validations.
For the Position component, the major validation that has been added is Reservation. An
option has been provided in the Positions EIT to reserve a position in a particular period.
A position can be reserved in a period for an entire business group, or it can be reserved
for a particular employee. When the position is reserved, no other employee can add that
position in that period.
3.27.4.3. Promotion Eligibility (Public Sector)

Saudi Promotion Eligibility deals with the promotion process in an organization. The
following components have been delivered:
Assignment EITs for promotions You can enter promotion details for an
employee who is eligible for promotions in a particular period.
Saudi Promotion Eligibility Report (concurrent program) Run this concurrent
program to generate the eligibility report, which lists employees who have been
registered for promotion.
Web ADI Mass Upload of Promotions Once you decide whom to promote, you
can launch a spreadsheet, update the approval details, and upload the spreadsheet
to update the position details for promoted employees.
Saudi Promotions Decision Report (concurrent program) Run this concurrent
program to generate the decision report, which contains the promotion details for
each employee in letter format.
3.27.4.4. Military Sector Absences

In Saudi Arabia, there are various absence types for military sector employees. In this
enhancement, four major employee types are provided: Commissioned Officer Rank,
Enlisted Rank, Civilian, and Contractor. Only when a public sector employee has an
employee type that is mapped to one of these employee types, will the employee be
considered a military sector employee.
3.27.5. Release 12.2.4

In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Saudi Arabia localization.
and prior to the final process date. The Saudi Arabia reports have been modified to
support this feature.
3.27.5.2. Public Sector Changes

The Payroll application for Saudi Arabia is enhanced to support Saudi Public Sector
Social Insurance changes, Saudi Public Sector position group changes, and Saudi
Government Sector Absence for a business group that is marked as a Public Sector
business group.
Public Sector SI (Public Pension Agency)
Public Pension Agency constitutes the following:
Occupational Hazards Branch, which provides benefits in cases of employment
injuries.
Pensions, which provides benefits in cases of non-occupational disability, old
age, and death.
The contribution for Occupational Hazards is fixed at 2% of the contributory wage, of
which 0% is payable by the employee and 2% is payable by the employer.
The contribution for the Annuities Branch is fixed at 9% of the contributory wage, of
which 9% is payable by the employee and 0% is payable by the employer.
The calculations will be prorated until the employees last working day.
Saudi Public Sector Position Group
The Oracle Payroll application for Saudi Arabia delivers the following lookups for each
main position:
SA_M_POS_1
SA_M_POS_2
SA_M_POS_3
SA_M_POS_4
SA_M_POS_5
You can create a sub-position by creating lookup values for each lookup.
The following value sets must be attached to the key flexfield segments to record the
main position and sub-positions for the business group:
SA_MAIN_POSITION
SA_SUB_POSITION
Saudi Government Sector Absence
The Oracle Payroll application for Saudi Arabia has been enhanced to support Saudi
Public Sector absences. Basic validation has been implemented.
Hiring Decision Number
Any government sector employee hired has a unique hiring number that must be
recorded. The Oracle Saudi Arabia localization is enhanced to record the unique hiring
number for Public Sector employees. This number has no validation.
3.27.6.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering HRMS predefined data for Saudi Arabia has been
Fewer regressions
test data
3.28. Oracle HRMS (Singapore)

Oracle HRMS (Singapore)
3.28.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.28.1.1. Use Revised Foreign Workers Levy Rates and New Permit Categories
Beginning April 1, 2007, employers employing workers in the construction and process
industry, who are exempted from the Man Year Entitlement (MYE), have to pay a
Foreign Workers Levy (FWL) to the Central Provident Fund (CPF) board.
3.28.1.2. Comply with New Regulations of the Central Provident Fund

Beginning July 1, 2007, the CPF regulations have changed. The Oracle payroll
application enables you to comply with these regulations and contribute to the CPF.
3.28.2.1. Comply with the Latest SDL Updates

As of October 1, 2008, the Skills Development Levy (SDL) Act makes it compulsory for
employers to contribute SDL for all employees up to the first $4,500 of gross monthly
remuneration at a levy rate of 0.25%, or a minimum of $2, whichever is higher. For
employees whose employment commences and ceases in the same month, the SDL is
zero. Oracle HRMS complies with these changes for SDL contributions and calculations.
3.28.2.2. Use the Updated IRASLine Format

As of January 1, 2009, the IRASLine file specification has changed to version 5.0 to
comply with the statutory update for IRAS Original Submission 2009. The changes
include the following:
New IRAS Date of Incorporation (for ERIS Start-ups) required for A8B Header
Use Surveillance System instead of Amplifier within the Furniture Expenses
New Stock Option Type NSOP and validation of the number of A8B shares
New File No on the A8B
Changed address style
Changed formats for IR8A, IR8S, A8A, A8B files
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Singapore) 103
3.28.2.3. Submit the CPF Line Report and Magtape Using the New CPF
Submission Number
As of January 1, 2009, a new CPF Submission Number (CSN) is available for use with
the CPF Line report and CPF Line magtape file. Employers must use this CSN while
submitting their employees' CPF contributions to the CPF Board. The CSN replaces the
previous identifier type Employer Reference Number (ERN).
To accommodate the new Unique Entity Number (UEN), the CPF Interface File
specification is changed to enable employers to use a 15-digit CSN identifier in the text
file instead of the 7-digit ERN. Employers can use the latest CPF Line file specification
version 2.0. The CPF Line report concurrent program validates the date that determines
the use of the CSN or ERN.
You can use the new CPF Submission Number (CSN) beginning January 1, 2009. Use
the old CPF number prior to this date.
3.28.2.4. Use the Latest Rates for Mosque and Mendaki Fund Contributions
The monthly contribution rates for the Mosque Building and Mendaki Fund (MBMF)
have increased as of 1-Mar- 2009. Oracle HRMS for Singapore includes these rates for
MBMF calculations and processing.
3.28.3. Release 12.1.2
3.28.3.1. Singapore IRAS Amendment Process

Oracle HRMS for Singapore provides users with the ability to produce government
mandated reports using the integrated features of Oracle Payroll.
Each year, employers in Singapore are required to submit employee earnings information
to the IRAS (Inland Revenue of Singapore). The personal tax amount is calculated by
IRAS based on this information.
The amendment file is required only if there are changes to amounts or fields that affect
the total amount of employment income. For example, where an employees income tax
is borne by the employer but the indicator had not been given earlier.
Employers do not have to send amendment files for changes to employees personal
details, such as address, date of birth, and so on.
In the amendment file you need only provide the difference between the original
(transmitted) amount and the actual amount. Leave all other numeric fields, which were
not affected by the error in income or deductions, blank.
Example: the income or deduction amount is under or over reported in the earlier
transmission.
Actual Salary = $25,000
Original Transmission = $21,000
Amended record should be shown as $4,000
Actual Bonus = $6,000
Original transmission = $8,000
Amended record should be shown as -$2,000
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Singapore) 104

process. To control when users can start viewing a payslip, a new field is now available
3.28.5.1. View Magtape Output from Payroll Process Results

In earlier releases, users were unable to view the output of magnetic reports files unless
the DBA copied the reports from the backend. This release enables users to view the
magnetic output files on the Payroll Process Results window.
3.29. Oracle HRMS (South Africa)

3.29.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.29.1.1. Generate and Submit Workplace Skills Plan Reports

With R12.0.3, you can now generate and submit Workplace Skills and Annual Training
Reports annually to your Sector Education and Training Authority (SETA). Submitting
the Workplace Skills Plan Report results in a 15% refund of the Skills Development
Levies that employers pay annually. Submitting the Annual Training Report can result in
an additional 45% refund.
This feature includes the following:
Workplace Skills Plan Setup and Maintenance process
Workplace Skills Plan Preprocess
Workplace Skills Plan Report
ZA SDF Information organization type
3.29.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.29.2.1. Unemployment Insurance Fund Annual Limit

Oracle HRMS South Africa now supports statutory changes to the increase in the annual
Unemployment Insurance Fund (UIF) earnings limit and the official interest rate. The
updates are as follows:
The global value for Annual UIF Limit is R149736 as of October 1, 2007.
The global value for Official Interest Rate is 11% as of September 1, 2007.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 105
3.29.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.29.3.1. Comply with Statutory Updates for End of Year (EOY) 2008
Oracle HRMS supports statutory changes for End of Year 2008 for South Africa, which
include:
Budget Speech changes for the 2008-09 tax year
Tax Year End 2008 changes
3.29.4.1. Use the Updated Official Interest Rate (effective September 2008)
You can now use the updated Official Interest Rate, effective as of September 1, 2008.
3.29.4.2. Use the Updated Official Interest Rate (effective March 2009)
You can now use the updated Official Interest Rate, effective as of March 1, 2009.
3.29.4.3. Use Tax Year End 2009 Changes

Use new validations added to the Tax Year End Validation report and the exception log.
3.29.4.4. Use Budget Speech Changes Beginning March 1, 2009

Use the updated Tax Table and global values, modified as per the Budget Speech on
February 11, 2009.
3.29.5. Release 12.1.2

(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in South Africa. This feature enables
Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.29.5.2. Display Balance Breakdown

From R12.1.2, a new region is available in the Balance form in the South Africa
localization. This region displays the balance breakdown for all of the context sensitive
balances, thus allowing users to view all the relevant balance values.

Oracle Payroll for South Africa enables users to view an assignments costing details
using the View Cost Allocation page before running the Costing process.

Oracle Payroll for South Africa localization now enables users to easily access the
magnetic tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature,
navigate to the View Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape
process, and click the View Output button.
3.29.5.5. Use EMP201 Report

The EMP201 Report is delivered in R12.1.2. This report helps users complete the
EMP201 return.
3.29.5.6. Use Net to Gross Functionality

The Net to Gross functionality for Annual Bonus and Annual payments is now available
in Oracle Payroll for South Africa.
To enable this feature, the following components have been delivered:
New classifications and balances
Enabling of Run Types
Model elements for reference to create user elements
Net to Gross processing of periodic payments is not supported.
3.29.5.7. Run the Tax Year End Data Validation Report at any Time
A new concurrent program Interim Tax Year End Data Validation Report in Oracle
Payroll for South Africa now enables the Tax Year End Data Validation Report to run at
any time during the tax year. This does not submit the Preprocess. Using this report, users
can identify certain data errors in time to rectify them before they get to the Tax Year
End.
3.29.6. Release 12.1.3
3.29.6.1. Payroll Exception Reporting

This feature is enabled in the South Africa localization to allow users to identify those
3.29.7.1. Tax Register Report (XML)
This release delivers two new concurrent programs, Tax Register Report Archiver and
Tax Register Report (XML), for South Africa legislation. Together, they generate the
new Tax Register Report in PDF format using BI Publisher technology. The report can be
run in multiple threads and has been designed to improve the performance of the Tax
Register Report. The new concurrent programs have been added to the following request
groups:
ZA HRMS Reports and Processes

ZA SHRMS Reports and Processes

3.29.8.2. Tax Loaders

The mechanism of delivering HRMS predefined data for South Africa has been
Fewer regressions
test data

3.29.9. Release 12.2.4
3.29.9.1. View and Print Income Tax Certificates via Employee Self-Service
The Oracle Payroll applications Self-Service now enables users to view and print
Income Tax Certificates.
The South Africa Tax Year End (Feb) Process must be marked as Final.
A new concurrent program, Generate Self-Service Certificates, takes the Tax Year End
Pre Process request ID as a parameter and marks this as final. The Tax Year End Pre
Process request ID will be locked for rollback. If the user incorrectly locks any Tax Year
End Pre Process request ID, they can roll back this Generate Self-Service Certificates
process and then the original Tax Year End Preprocess.
Once the process Generate Self-Service Certificates is completed, employees can view or
download the PDF certificate from the Self-Service page IRP5/IT3A Certificates by
selecting the Tax Year from the list of values and then clicking Go.

online. This feature can be used to quickly and accurately answer payslip-related
altering Tax Related Details, Earnings Details and Deductions Details. Users can also
print a PDF copy of the model payslip. This feature is available only to payroll
professionals (administrators) via Self-Service.
3.30. Oracle HRMS (Spain)
3.30.1.1. Use the Updated NIE Format

Statutory updates support the new NIE format. You can now enter the 8-digit NIE
number, rather than the 7-digit number.
3.30.1.2. Share CAC Numbers at New Levels

You can now share Contribution Account Code (CAC) numbers at the following levels:
Among Work Centers
Between the Work Center and the Legal Employer
Contribution Account Type with Work Center Details
3.31. Oracle HRMS (Sweden)
3.31.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.31.1.1. Process Holiday Pay for Your Employees

You can record various holiday absences for employees and administer holiday pay. Use
the Absence Entry window to record different absences and other absence-related
information and then run the payroll to calculate the holiday pay. You can process the
holiday pay that the employees accrue based on the different kinds of earnings and
remuneration they earn in the holiday year.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Spain) 109
Oracle Payroll.
3.31.1.3. Process Sick Pay for Your Employees

You can process sick pay to calculate sick pay, sickness deductions, and waiting day
deductions along with the payroll run. The solution contains predefined examples. These
examples cover the basic rules from statutory requirements and are working examples. If
your requirement exactly matches the predefined examples, then you can configure the
examples to use them as solutions. Otherwise, you must create new formulas and
elements with your organization-specific logic. You can then configure these new
formulas and elements to work as a solution.
3.31.1.4. Generate Online Payslip

Employees can view their payslips online using SSHR. Oracle HRMS generates the
payslip based on archived data. Providing this information fulfils statutory requirements
and also reduces the number of pay-related questions salary administrators receive.
3.31.1.5. Use the Tax Card User Interface to Enter Tax Card Details
The Tax Card User Interface enables you to enter data for a tax card in the Tax Card
element. This interface opens in a browser and performs various validations on the data
you enter. You can use this interface to create tax card details manually.
3.31.1.6. Manage End of Year Changes for 2006

Oracle HRMS provides legislative updates and changes to tax and statutory deductions to
help you manage the processes with the new tax table values and employer tax
percentage break-up values for 2006.
3.31.1.7. Generate Payroll Reports for Statutory Compliance

The following new reports are added to meet statutory requirements.
Swedish Tax Declaration Report
Swedish Direct File Transfer Report
Swedish Statistics Office Report
Swedish Short Term Employment Statistics Report
Swedish Holiday Pay Debt Report
Swedish FORA Report
Swedish Wages and Salaries Statistics Report
Swedish Tax Declaration XML File Report
Swedish Work Time Certificate Report
Swedish Income Statement Report
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Sweden) 110
3.31.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.31.2.1. Generate and Submit ALECTA Report

You can now generate and submit the monthly ALECTA report to the tax authorities.
Use this report to submit the details of salary changes, terminations, new employees, and
internal movement of employees within a group of companies.

You can now use the Batch Printing of Payslip solution to generate the payslips as one
PDF output.
3.31.3.1. Use Updated Tax Tables and Tax Declaration Report

You can now use the updated Tax Tables and Tax Declaration Report for Sweden,
modified to comply with legislative changes for 2009.
3.31.3.2. Use Updated Income Statement Reports and KU Reports (End of Year
Changes 2009)
You can now use the Income Statement Reports and KU Reports updated to comply with
End of Year Changes for 2009.
3.32. Oracle HRMS (UAE)

The core payroll process Payroll Exception Report is now available for UAE.
3.32.2. Release 12.1.2

(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in UAE. This feature enables users to

Oracle Payroll for UAE localization now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape
output files (.mf and .out) from the application.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UAE) 111
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the UAE
localization. No additional setup is required.

3.32.4. Release 12.2.4

This restriction has been removed for the United Arab Emirates localization. Now,
prior to the final process date. The United Arab Emirates reports have been modified to
support this feature.
3.32.5.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering predefined HRMS data for UAE has been enhanced. With
this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files. Each entity is
delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from hrglobal.drv and
post install steps must be run.
Fewer regressions
test data
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UAE) 112
3.33. Oracle HRMS (UK)
3.33.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.33.1.1. No Longer Need to Specify the National Identifier When Hiring

Employees in SSHR
When using SSHR, the National Identifier field is no longer mandatory in the Hire
Employee process flow.
3.33.1.2. Calculate Accurate Average Earnings for Employees with Multiple

Assignments
Oracle Payroll now calculates accurate average earnings for employees with multiple
assignments when one of the assignments started after the qualifying period.
3.33.1.3. Generate Accurate Payroll Calculations Subsequent to Performing a

Reverse Payroll Run
To view a payroll run in the Reversals form, you must set the session date to be on or
after the effective date of the run you want to reverse. However, this can cause conflicts
for positive offset payrolls, because you would have to set your session date to a date in
the next period. That session date would then be used to calculate the Time Period ID of
the reversal action (the period start and end dates must span the current effective date).
Oracle Payroll would then select the next Time Period ID to be the reversal Time Period
ID for a run in the prior time period.
In R12.0.3, you can now set the session date to be the date paid of the runs payroll action
(to view the run action). When you reverse it, Oracle Payroll chooses the same Time
Period ID for the reversal as for the run.
When doing a reversal with a positive offset payroll, set your session date to be equal to
the date paid (effective date) of the run you wish to reverse. This ensures the effective
date and Time Period ID are correct.
3.33.1.4. Display Accurate Details in the Payroll Summary Report

The Payments Summary Report no longer includes values from the previous pay period
when running against a positive offset payroll. This occurred when the payment date of
the previous period fell into the current period.
3.33.1.5. Accurately Employ Adjustments Against Court Order Elements

Oracle Payroll now correctly applies Replace type adjustments made against court order
elements for the first months payroll process and all subsequent payroll runs.
3.33.1.6. Specify Average Earning Amounts for Maternity Pay

You can now manually specify average earnings in the Average Earning block on the
Statutory Payments form for rehired employees whose qualifying week fell in the
previous period of employment.
3.33.1.7. Display the Correct Week in the Pay Advice Report

For positive offset payrolls, the Pay Advice report now correctly displays the correct
week. For example, it displays 49 for week number 49, rather than 50.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 113
3.33.1.8. Use the Date Worked Payment Method to Pay Non-Recurring Claims
Use the Date Worked Payment method to easily pay ad hoc hires and to support non-
recurring claims. This feature enables you to pay part time salary and OSLA claims. If
you want to enable the Date Worked Payment Mode, you must ensure that all Claims
(Normal Claims and Retro Claims) elements have the Date Worked Input Value added.
3.33.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.33.2.1. Use the New NUVOS Pension Scheme to Comply with Recent Statutory
Updates
A new legislation has come into effect as of 31-July-2007 that introduces a new pension
scheme called NUVOS. All new entrants employed within the public sector who enroll in
a pension scheme on or after 31-July-2007 are eligible to join this new pension scheme.
Oracle HRMS supports changes to implement this new Penserver Scheme.
3.33.2.2. Use the New Local Government Pension Scheme to Comply with Statutory
Changes
To support the statutory changes coming into effect from April 1, 2008, Oracle HRMS
for UK delivers a new method to calculate employees' pensionable pay and to process
pensionable contribution for the local government pension scheme.
With this release, Oracle HRMS calculates contractual pensionable pay for each
assignment using the applicable historic rates and other applicable calculations. The
application uses the contractual pensionable pay to process pension contribution.
3.33.2.3. Comply with Statutory Changes to P46 Car EDI

Employers are required to submit details of all company cars to Her Majestys Revenue
and Customs (HMRC) on a quarterly basis. You can do this either on paper, using form
P46 (Car), or electronically. Oracle HRMS enables customers to submit the P46 (Car)
information through EDI, using the message type P46CAR.
3.33.2.4. Comply with Statutory Updates to P14 EDI

Oracle Payroll now supports changes to the P14 EDI process to comply with the HMRC
Implementation guideline document. The document requires these changes to validate the
data and output as a generic flat file.
3.33.2.5. Comply with Pre-Budget Statutory Updates

On October 9, 2007, the Chancellor of the Exchequer delivered the pre-budget report.
The new figures affect certain calculations within UK payroll systems, national
insurance, and statutory payments. Oracle Payroll has implemented these changes with
effect as of April 6, 2008.
Oracle Payroll also supports changes to the calculation of PAYE, announced in the
budget statement in April 2007, with effect from April 6, 2008 to ensure continued
compliance with the UK legislation for the 2008/2009 tax year. All UK Payroll customers
require these changes, which are as follows:
Changes to National Insurance Thresholds:
Timing LEL ET UEL
Weekly 90.00 105.00 770.00
Monthly 390.00 453.00 3337.00
Yearly 4680.00 5435.00 40040.00
Change basic rate to20%

Changes to Statutory Payments Rates:
SSP rate= 5.40
SMP standard rate = 117.18
SAP standard rate -=117.18
SPP standard rate -=117.18
3.33.2.6. Comply with Start of Year Statutory Updates

Oracle Payroll now supports an enhanced Start of Year process to provide improved
performance and reporting.
3.33.2.7. Comply with National Insurance Rollup Statutory Updates

Oracle Payroll supports changes to the conditions for contribution rollup and LEL rollup
to comply with statutory requirements and ensure correct reporting of National Insurance
(NI) figures.
3.33.2.8. Comply with Statutory Updates to In-Year Filing Reports

Beginning April 6, 2008, there are certain changes to the business rules surrounding the
completion and issue of In-year forms. Previously, the mode of transmission for all EDI
In-year messages used the MOVDED Version 3.0 message type. This year, EDI In-year
messages use the MOVDED Version 5.0 message type. According to legislative
requirements, after April 5, 2008, the HMRC will reject existing processes and their
associated MOVDED 3.0 files. To support these changes, Oracle Payroll includes the
following changes:
Renamed the existing processes as follows:
o P45(3) EDI Process to P45(3) EDI Process - pre 06-Apr-2008
o P46 EDI Process to P46 EDI Process - pre 06-Apr-2008
o Pension Notification EDI Process to Pension Notification EDI Process -
pre 06-Apr-2008
o P45(1) EDI Process to P45(1) EDI Process - pre 06-Apr-2008
Oracle Payroll now supports the following new processes and their associated
Version 5.0 message file types to support HMRC requirements effective as of 06-
Apr-2008:
o P45PT3 EDI Process
o P46 EDI Process
o PENNOT EDI Process
o P45PT1 EDI Process
Additionally, there are updates to the current application to generate EDI reports in line
with the HMRC specifications.
3.33.3.1. Comply with Recent Statutory Changes

P14 ED Includes changes to header, tax year-end, and Recipient ID as well as
changes to the Year End Reconciliation Report.
P60 Report Effective April 2009, Oracle Payroll will no longer support the
Year End P60 Report Type A, the postscript format of the Year End P60 Report
Type LE, or the postscript format of the Year End P60 Report Portrait. You can
continue to run the PDF format for the Year End P60 Report Type LE and Year
End P60 Report Portrait reports.
Pre-Budget Changes for 2009-2010 include changes to:
o National Insurance Thresholds
o PAYE Rates
o Statutory Payments Rates
o National Insurance Changes for the 2009/2010 tax year support NI
calculation with respect to the contracted-out rebate.
In-Year Filing Reports Beginning 6 April 2009, legislative requirements
mandate making certain changes to the validation for the EDI message types, and
new message versions will come into use (Version 6). After 05-Apr-2009,
HMRC will reject the existing processes and their associated Version 5
messages. The existing processes have been renamed to the following:
o P45PT3 EDI Process V5 - pre 06-Apr-2009
o P46 EDI Process V5 - pre 06-Apr-2009
o PENNOT EDI Process V5 - pre 06-Apr-2009
o P45PT1 EDI Process V5- pre 06-Apr-2009
Beginning 06-Apr-2009, the HMRC will accept only the following newly
created processes and their associated V6 messages:
o P45PT3 EDI Process V6
o P46 EDI Process V6
o P46PEN EDI Process V6 (PENNOT)
o P45PT1 EDI Process V6
Updated P11D Use the updated format of the P11D and accompanying
worksheets in line with the specification for 2008-09. To comply with the
HMRC's specifications for 2008-09 and the business requirements of the EEC1
Expenses and Benefits Returns on Magnetic Media, Oracle Payroll now provides
an updated EDI file. The changes include:
o The calculations for 2008-09 use 365 days as a basis.
o The interest rate in the calculation of loans is now 6.10%.
o A new fuel type G available for cars capable running on E85 fuel
(bioethanol).
o A new calculation added for certain Qualifying Low Emissions Cars
(QUALECs).
Report changes use a new A4 version of the paper form P45 effective October
2008, mandatory for all UK employers effective 6 April 2009. Oracle Payroll
now supports the following stationery types:
o P45 (Laser-Sheet)
o P45 (online) - Plain paper A4 Computer generated version
To update and simplify the operations of the tax system, the HMRC has introduced a new
paper form, P46 (Expat) Starter Notification, effective as of 06-Apr-2009. This form
enables employers to send notification to HMRC for certain new expatriate employees.
This form is also a part of the mandatory electronic in-year filing for medium and large
organizations.
3.33.4. Release 12.1.2
3.33.4.1. Upgrade Latest Balance Table

With R12.1.2, Oracle Payroll for UK provides a feature for upgrading the latest balance
table to improve performance. After enabling this feature, the application maintains the
latest balance values in a single table, PAY_LATEST_BALANCES, instead of in the two
tables PAY_PERSON_LATEST_BALANCES and
PAY_ASSIGNMENT_LATEST_BALANCES.
To enable this feature, submit the concurrent process Generic Upgrade Mechanism with
the parameter Single Latest Balance Table Upgrade.
3.33.4.2. Partial Period Accruals

Oracle Payroll for UK now provides a feature for estimating costs when accounting
periods do not coincide with the payroll periods. Users can now include estimated costs
at the end of an accounting period and then replace these estimates with the actual costs
when they become available. This is useful when end dates for accounting periods and
payroll periods do not coincide.

(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in UK. This feature enables users to

Oracle Payroll for UK localization enables users to view an assignments costing details
using the View Cost Allocation page before running the Costing process.
Oracle Payroll for UK localization now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape
output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the View
Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape process and click the
View Output button.

process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the UK localization.
There is no additional set up to be performed to use this feature.
3.33.4.7. Use the Keep in Touch Days Field

Oracle Payroll for UK now provides the data changes to ensure that the field Keep in
Touch Days, on clicking, opens the Additional Adoption/Maternity Details Info and not
the Additional Maternity Details Information descriptive flexfield.
3.33.4.8. P6/P9 Output

The UK SOY process is now modified to ensure that the P6/P9 output report includes the
Employer PAYE Reference number. Additionally, the records in the P6/P9 output will
now be grouped by the Employer PAYE reference number.
3.33.4.9. View SOE Balances

To enable UK users to view all the balances that are configured using the user table SOE
Balances, the restriction to display only 12 balances in the SOE has been removed.
3.33.5. Release 12.1.3
3.33.5.1. BI Publisher (eText) Reports

The following existing EDI reports are now available in BI Publisher format in addition
to the Magtape format:
WNU (Works Number Update report to HMRC)
P46 New Starter Notification (in-year filing report)
P46EXPAT Starter Notification(in-year filing report)
The BI Publisher format reports are available under the relevant processes for WNU, P46
and P46EXPAT.
The format of the EDI files is identical regardless of which process is used to create them
and customers still need to submit them to HMRC in the same way.
3.33.5.2. Start Of Year (SOY) Future Changes Validation check

A new feature for Start of Year process has been introduced to give users flexibility to
enable or disable the Tax code uplift process. This will allow the override of Tax Code
for assignments with an existing change on the effective date of the process. Actual
future dated changes will still cause an error. This feature is available in the Start of Year
mode of the Tax code Uplift process.
The SOY process would interpret these records as a special update cases and update the
following details regardless of any existing changes on the same date:
Clear down the previous P45 figures
Change the tax basis
Change the NI director processing flag
Uplift the tax code
3.33.5.3. Defaulting PAYE Aggregation for Secondary Assignments

It is now possible to set the PAYE Aggregation flag by default each time a secondary
assignment is created using the system profile option HR: GB Default Aggregation. This
automated functionality behaves in the same way as when the PAYE Aggregation flag is
set manually.
3.33.5.4. School Workforce Census Reporting (Public Sector)

Public Sector customers who need to submit school census data to the Department for
Children Schools and Families (DCSF) can now use the new feature that will allow them
to create the XML files for submission. This new functionality features a new
configuration module called School Workforce Census and it allows users to map their
existing data to be extracted as per the requirements from the DCSF. The enhancement
also introduces new user interfaces and EITs to capture the data required for the census as
an alternative to the configuration module.
A new concurrent process is introduced which will extract the data and create an
exception report and the XML data files for the modules required by DCSF.
The five modules provided by the SWFC process are:
Basic Staff Details
Contract Details
Qualifications (optional)
Absence
LA Level count of Educational Psychologists
3.33.6.1. New Manager SSHR Region to Record Evidence for Sickness Absence
A new Manager Self-Service region is available on the Create Absence page. The
manager can enter or update the Evidence information on sickness absences here.
This was previously only available in the Professional User Interface for the UK
legislation.
Using this extended functionality in SSHR, managers can:
Create new Evidence information records for a sickness absence
Update existing Evidence information records for a sickness absence
3.33.7.1. Payroll Groups

In earlier releases, payrolls are processed individually. With this enhancement you can
process multiple payrolls as a group.
A new user interface is provided to define the payroll groups. Additional concurrent
programs for Payroll Run, Pre-Payments, RetroPay, BACS Process, Cheque Writer
Process, and Payslip Generation are delivered. These new concurrent programs contain a
parameter for Payroll Group.
The existing functionality of Payroll Processes will remain the same. If only the Multi-
Payroll processes are required, you can add the desired concurrent program to the request
group of the corresponding responsibility.
3.33.8.1. Ability to Capture Disability Information in Self-Service

A new Self-Service process flow enables employees to enter disability information using
Employee Self-Service. Once entered, the disability information can be viewed and
updated as and when required by the employee.
This enhancement provides increased capability to employees to update disability
information accurately and at their own discretion. This feature further reduces the
dependency on the HR administrator to update the information in the professional user
interface.

as run, retry. or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the

to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and XML Publisher engine produces a

online. This feature can be used to quickly and accurately answer payslip related
altering tax related details, earnings and deductions details. Users can also print a PDF
copy of the model payslip. This feature is available only to payroll professionals
(administrators) through Self-Service.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6..
3.33.8.5. EYU Reconciliation Report

A new report named RTI EYU Run Reconciliation Report has been delivered. This report
gets spawned automatically when the RTI - Earlier Year Update Process (EYU) 2014/15
Program is run. In essence, the reconciliation report shows all the information on
employees/assignments extracted onto the EDI file and this report is similar to the one
from EYU extract.
3.33.9.1. Leavers Payroll

The Leavers Payroll functionality enables users to calculate the outstanding earnings of a
leaver which must be paid within the previous pay period, if the employee leaves the
organization between the 1st and the 5th day of a month. The new concurrent process
Leavers Run UK must be run in addition to the Normal Payroll Run UK. This process
ensures that the leavers are processed as expected, similar to a supplementary run.
3.33.9.2. FPS Merging

This feature enables merging of following two processes into a single process:
RTI - Full Payment Submission (FPS) - Additional Reporting (for FPS for Late
leavers mode only)
RTI - Full Payment Submission Process (FPS) 2015/16.
3.33.9.3. GB Default Aggregation via SSHR

This feature ensures that the NI and PAYE aggregation flags are defaulted, when hiring
an applicant into a secondary assignment via SSHR. Once the Profile HR: GB Default
Aggregation is set, NI and PAYE aggregation flags are set by default.
3.33.10. Release 12.2
3.33.10.1. Element Register Report enabled

The Element Register Report is now available with this release from the Submit Request
window for UK HRMS. This report is added to the following request groups:
UK HRMS Reports and Processes
UK SHRMS Reports and Processes
3.33.11. Release 12.2.4

In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the United Kingdom
localization. Now, terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard
process date and prior to the final process date. The United Kingdom reports have been
modified to support this feature.
3.34. Oracle HRMS (US)
3.34.1. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.34.1.1. Use Ethnic Categories Recognized by Agencies for EEO-1, EEO4, EEO5,
and IPEDS Reports
EEOC introduced the Ethnic Origin category Two or More Races for 2007 EEO-1
reporting. The agency reports for EE04, EEO5, and IPEDS do not recognize this category
and use the previous ethnic categories. To ensure that your reports cover all employees,
you can now run exception reports to identify and correct invalid entries. The EEO4,
EEO5, and IPEDs exception reports list the names of employees and their assignment
numbers. The exception report also cites the reason for the invalidating employee
records. After completing any missing information, you can run the final reports.
3.34.1.2. Obtain VETS-100 Reports Based on the Previous Year

When you produce the VETS-100 reports, you must create a report that covers the
previous 12 month period. To ensure that the report covers the appropriate time span, this
release replaces the date fields (Report From Date and Report To Date) with the date on
which the 12 months conclude: 12 Month Period End Date. The field change affects the
following reports:
VETS-100 Suite Of Reports
VETS-100 Veterans Employment Report
VETS-100 Consolidated Veterans Employment Report
VETS-100 Veterans Employment Report - all establishments
VETS-100 Employment Listing
Electronic VETS-100 Report
3.34.1.3. Statutory Changes to EEO-1 Paper and Magnetic Reports

EEO-1 paper and magnetic reports now include the 2007 statutory changes for Job
Category descriptions (US_EEO1_JOB_CATEGORIES) and Ethnic Categories
(US_ETHNIC_GROUP).
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 122
3.34.1.4. Control Resident Wage Accumulation and Tax Calculation
Oracle Payroll calculates tax withholding and accumulates wages based on rules provided
through the tax interface with Vertex. Changes within the Vertex tax engine significantly
improve the handling of multiple work jurisdictions and enhance the processing of
reciprocity rules at state and local levels. Using the Standard or Enhanced Tax Interface,
your employees accumulate wages even when state and local taxes are not withheld.
After enabling the Enhanced Tax Interface plus Wage Accumulation, you can override
the standard behavior by setting options at the GRE and employee levels to control how
your employee's work taxes affect their taxes at residence locations and determine
whether wages should be accumulated at their residence location.
See: Wage Accumulation Using the Enhanced Tax Interface
3.34.1.5. Use Open Plan Solution Formats for TIAA-CREF Files

In response to the adoption of the Open Plan Solution (OPS) TIAA-CREFF transmission
format, you can now produce the TIAA-CREFF files using the appropriate format. The
TIAA-CREF OPS Layout report replaces the previous TIAA-CREF Transmission Report
Set.
3.34.1.6. Capture Make-up Amounts for Roth Contributions on W-2s

Under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act (USERRA),
employees who served in the military can make up retirement plan contributions.
Employees can designate after-tax investment amounts for prior years for Roth 401k and
403b. Previously, the W-2 form reported the current year amounts only for Roth 401k
and Roth 403b. Now, the W-2 displays the make-up amounts taken for prior years,
including the amount, the appropriate code (AA for Roth 401k or BB for Roth 403b), and
the designated year of the make-up amount.
This release adds two options for Roth 401k and Roth 403b to the concurrent program
Create USERRA Balances. and modifies the Year End Pre-Process to archive USERRA
balances. For the generated Roth 401k and 403b elements, the Year End Pre-Process
archives the date of designated Roth contributions using the elements input value Year
of Prior Deferrals. Elements feeding the Roth USERRA 401k and 403b balances
automatically feed the standard Roth 401k and 403b balances (W2 Roth 401k and W2
Roth 403b).
3.34.1.7. Identify Initial and Subsequent Corrections on W-2Cs

When you correct a W-2, Box A, the printed form should display W-2 for the first
correction, and W-2C for all subsequent corrections. You can now choose a print
instruction when producing the correction W-2s, so that the resulting form displays W-2
in Box A for an initial correction, and C for all subsequent corrections.
3.34.1.8. Submit the Florida State Quarterly Wage Listings File in XML Format
The Florida Department of Revenue (FDOR) accepts UCT-6 Florida unemployment
compensation returns electronically using the Extensible Markup Language (XML)
format. Using Oracle HRMS, you can submit the State Quarterly Wage Listings (SQWL)
file in XML format. You can generate the Florida SQWL file by running the SQWL
concurrent manager process for Florida and send the resulting XML file (.mf file) to
FDOR. Before generating XML output, you must first complete information for the
GRE/Legal Entity in the SQWL Employer Rules (1) and SQWL States Transmission
Rules.
3.34.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.34.2.1. Comply with State of Maryland W-2 Magnetic Media Updates

Updates have been applied to comply with the State of Maryland (MD) revised reject
error record specification for the State W2 magnetic media.
3.34.2.2. Comply with Social Security Administration Changes

Magnetic Media Reporting and Electronic Filing (MMREF) publications have been
renamed to Specifications for Filing Forms W-2 Electronically (EFW2), formerly
MMREF-1. All references to MMREF have been replaced with EFW2.
3.34.2.3. Comply with Jurisdiction Information Tables and School District Updates
Jurisdiction Information Table (JIT) and School District tables have been updated to
comply with Vertex tax changes.
3.34.3.1. Correctly Print Multiple Child Support Attachment Numbers and

Amounts on Third Party Checks and Third Party NACHA Output
Functionality has been enhanced to ensure that amounts and attachment numbers are
correct for third party checks and third party NACHA output when the employee has
more than one wage attachment and all are attached to the same pay method.
3.34.3.2. Override Garnishment Minimum Wage Rules and Factors to Comply with
Non-Standard Involuntary Deduction Requirements
This new feature provides the flexibility to define the Minimum Wage Rule and Factor at
the Element Extra Information level and have garnishments deducted as per the specified
rule. You now have the option to use State Minimum Wage or Federal Minimum Wage
and a Factor of Federal or State Minimum Wage to comply with consumer credit and
judgment type wage attachments. As an example, you will now be able to comply with a
new consumer credit category recently instituted by the state of Iowa that creates an
exemption of 40 times the Iowa minimum wage and a judgment category that creates an
exemption of 30 times the Iowa minimum wage.
3.34.3.3. Create Custom BI Publisher Templates for Payroll

This new feature provides the flexibility of choosing a custom template group while
running certain XML based payroll reports such as XML Checkwriter and Local Year
End Interface Extract.
3.34.3.4. Use New Retro Overlap Functionality

A new mechanism, Retro Overlap, has been introduced to eliminate overlaps in RetroPay
processing. This mechanism uses balance adjustments to self adjust the balances within
RetroPay to ensure that they are correct at the time of recalculation while also potentially
improving performance.
3.34.4. Release 12.1.2
3.34.4.1. Cash Management Integration with US Payroll for EFT (NACHA)

Reconciliation
This feature allows users to perform bank reconciliation in Oracle Cash Management for
EFT (NACHA) Payroll payments that originate in Oracle US Payroll.
3.34.4.2. Select Custom Template When Printing Employee W-2s

This feature provides the ability to select a custom W-2 template when generating or
printing Employee W-2s using the PDF-based Employee W-2 report. This is useful when
there is a need to reprint a W-2 for an employee from a prior year using that year's W-2
layout or to generate or print out consolidated employee W-2s for record keeping.
3.34.4.3. XML-Based Employer W-2 to be Filed With the State Report

Prior to this release, users who filed paper Employer W2s with state agencies had to use
preprinted forms from a third party. This feature provides an XML-based report that
produces the Employer W-2 output in PDF format. Users can now reduce costs by
printing the W-2s on blank paper without having to order preprinted forms from a third
party.
3.34.5. Release 12.1.3
3.34.5.1. Produce Printable and Customizable Online Payslips

This release introduces a new XML-based online payslip which provides printable PDF
output. The new XML template now available will make it easier for users to customize
the payslips according to their business needs. Enhancements have also been made to
improve performance when selecting online payslips.
3.34.6.1. New XML-Based Third Party Check Writer Process

The Third Party Check Writer process is now XML-based, meaning it can be used to
produce third party checks in PDF format based on either the delivered template or a
custom template according to business needs.
3.34.6.2. Override State Withholding Lines in Self-Service

Payroll administrators can now override the state income tax withholding links that are
visible to employees in Self-Service. This allows them to update any withholding links
that have been changed by the state and have not yet been delivered by Oracle in a patch.
Administrators may also add local withholding links if desired (these are not maintained
by Oracle).
3.34.6.3. New Override Check Date for Check Writer (XML) Report
To enable overriding the check date on payroll checks produced using the Check Writer
(XML) report, a new report Check Writer (XML) Override Payment Date has been
delivered which includes the additional parameter Override Check Date. This allows
payroll managers to override check dates if they need to replace or reissue a check
without having to roll back costing and other payroll processes or to issue a manual
payment via Accounts Payable.
3.34.7.1. Employees Can Now Model Their Paychecks Online

Employees can now model their paycheck using the new Paycheck Modeler available
online. This a paycheck calculator that can be used by individuals to quickly and
accurately answer paycheck-related questions and address what-if scenarios such as how
their net pay would be impacted by an increase to their 401K deduction or by a change to
their federal or state filing status from single to married. Employees can even print a PDF
copy of their model paycheck results. This feature is available to both employees and
payroll professionals (administrators) via SSHR. Giving employees the ability to model
their own paycheck can help reduce payroll department overhead costs and boost
employee morale.
3.34.7.2. Employee W-2c Now Available Online

Employees can now access their W-2c copies online along with their W-2. Previously,
only employee W-2s were available online. If a corrected W-2 had to be issued, only hard
copies could be produced and mailed, resulting in longer wait times for employees. With
the W-2c being made available online, employees can now view and download their
corrected W-2 immediately after it has been generated.
3.34.7.3. New XML-Based Employee W-2c PDF Report More Versatile and Robust
Along with making the Employee W-2c available online, a new XML-based W-2c report
has been delivered which can be used to produce Employee W-2c PDF copies on blank
forms, thus reducing company costs if corrective W-2s need to be provided to employees.
3.34.8.1. Support for Local Employer Taxes

Prior to this release, local employer taxes like Denver and Aurora OPT in Colorado and
Tri-County Metropolitan Transportation District Tri-Met employer taxes in Oregon were
not supported out of the box. Instead, customers had to create their own user-defined
elements and requisite fast formulas, resulting in additional overhead costs to build and
maintain. Support for these and other select local employer taxes is now being delivered,
which will help customers more easily and quickly comply with local employer taxation.
3.34.8.2. Support for State Tax Levies

Unlike Federal tax levies, no standard rules exist for state tax levies. This results in many
different exemption and calculations that vary greatly across the fifty states. Previously,
state tax levies were not supported out of the box, which put the burden on customers to
create and maintain their own state tax levy involuntary deductions. This release delivers
the necessary infrastructure to support state tax levies out of the box for all states
resulting in much needed cost savings for customers and reducing the potential for costly
calculation errors.
the payroll readiness, analysis and validation information according to their requirements
3.34.9.1. Support for Local Pre-tax Taxability Rules

Taxability rules are now supported at the local level for the pre-tax deduction category.
Prior to now, payroll taxability rules were only delivered at the federal and state levels,
requiring customers to maintain their own local taxability rules if they differed from the
state level. With pre-tax taxability rules now being delivered by Oracle, much less
custom maintenance is required resulting in much needed cost savings to the payroll
administrator.
3.34.9.2. Electronic Payments for State Tax Levies

State tax levy payments for the states of Minnesota and Wisconsin can now be handled
electronically in order to comply with those states' requirements.
3.34.9.3. Simplified Employee Tax Record Display

The employee tax rules form has been enhanced to only display those records that are in
effect on a given date (the date to which the user is tracked in the payroll system), thereby
simplifying and streamlining the payroll user's view of the employee's tax record data.
3.34.9.4. Streamlined W-2 and 1099-R Electronic Filing

For federal, state and local government agencies that accept W-2 (EFW2 format) or
1099-R electronic or magnetic media files, there are fold requirements (formatting such
as carriage returns and line feeds) for employers to properly submit the files. When
running the processes that generate these output files, there is now an option to have them
formatted automatically without manual intervention.
3.34.9.5. Enhanced Payroll Dashboard

With this release, Oracle Payroll Dashboard now offers the payroll administrator an even
greater line of sight into newly hired employees and other critical payroll readiness
details. Additional improvements to process monitoring coupled with enhanced Payroll
analytics give payroll professionals a deeper view into their payroll data. An overall boost
to performance complemented by a more intuitive user.
3.34.10.1. Vertex Address Validation Web Service

Payroll administrators can now use a Vertex web service to automatically validate both
employee resident addresses and work location addresses. This is critical for accurate
local income withholding for those areas where an employee's geographical street and
city address (their taxation address) may differ from their postal address. This automatic
address validation will greatly aid payroll administrators by eliminating what has
previously been a manual task while also, and more importantly, greatly reducing errors
in local taxation.
3.34.10.2. Advance Vacation Payments

Oracle US Payroll now supports vacation pay being paid before the vacation time is
taken, with taxation being handled for the entire vacation period rather than the pay
period in which the payment is made. Taxes are adjusted by considering the number of
vacation periods instead of just the pay period in which the payment occurs, resulting in
more accurate taxation and preventing over-withholding. This is helpful for companies
that pay out vacation in advance due to company or union policies that mandate it.
3.34.10.3. 1099-R Corrections Processing

Oracle US Payroll now offers full capabilities for producing corrected 1099-R (Retiree
Distribution) forms for recipients and corrected 1099-R electronic reports for filing with
the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). The latter option includes both one-error and two-
error type corrections.
3.34.10.4. Support All State Minimum Wage Rates

With this release, all applicable state minimum wage rates are being actively maintained
in the Oracle Payroll Jurisdiction Information table at the state level.
3.34.10.5. Produce Zero Net Payslip

With this release, you will now be able to optionally generate a payslip for those
employees receiving a net pay amount of zero. This is useful for informing employees
when there is payroll activity on their behalf during the pay period but that activity results
in zero net pay.
3.34.11.1. Update State Tax Withholding Forms Online

Prior to this release, employees could update their Federal W-4 withholding details in
Self-Service. With this release, employees can now also update their state tax form
details online. This includes support for those states that follow or permit the Federal W-
4 process and the ability to claim exemption. This greatly reduces the need for manual
intervention by the HR or payroll professional, making the process much more efficient
while minimizing the potential for errors.
3.34.11.2. Bank Account Verification in SSHR

Employees can enter bank account details using the Manage Payroll Payments Self-
Service page. To ensure that the employee enters the correct account number, they are
required to enter the account number twice. The application validates the entered
information, and if the number was entered incorrectly, prompts the employee to re-enter
the bank account number.
3.35. Oracle iRecruitment
3.35.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.35.1.1. Automatically Enroll New Hires into Compensation Plans Included in

their Job Offers
Until now, when HR professionals hired iRecruitment applicants as employees, they
manually enrolled the new hires in the compensation plans offered to them. In this
release, HR professionals can automatically enroll new hires in the compensation plans
included in their offer letters by running the new iRecruitment Create Enrollment
Process. This program processes the compensation plans associated with an offer and
creates the enrollment records for the employee.
3.35.2.1. Use the Changed Vacancy Status Field When Creating or Updating
Vacancies
With this release, the following values are not available to managers in the Status field,
when they update or search for vacancies:
Pending
Unapproved
Rejected
3.35.2.2. Reconsider Terminated Applications

Recruiters and hiring managers can now reconsider applications that have been
terminated by error or that need to be reconsidered. Recruiters can reconsider terminated
applications using the Candidate Application Details page.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 129
3.35.2.3. View Annualized Salary Details when Creating or Updating Offers
When managers create or update offers, the Salary Information region now displays
annualized salary and annualized FTE salary based on the selected salary basis and the
proposed salary. Oracle iRecruitment considers the work hours and work frequency of
the applicant while calculating the annualized salary. For example, imagine that you are
creating an offer for an applicant for a Manager position in Vision Corporation. The
default work hours of this business group is 40 and the work hours frequency is Week.
You select an hourly salary basis where the hourly salary rate is $50. Oracle iRecruitment
calculates the annualized salary as (40 * 52 * 50) = $10,4000, and the annualized FTE
salary as (40 * 52 * 50) = $10,4000. If the applicant chooses to work 20 hours per week
for the hourly salary rate of $50, then the annualized salary is calculated as (20*52*50) =
$52,000.
This enhancement helps managers enter correct salary information for their offers.
3.35.2.4. Warn Managers or Display an Error Message if an Active Offer Exists

During Offer Extension
Changes to the IRC: Allow Multiple Offers for Candidate profile option enable you to
define the appropriate profile setting for managers or recruiters when they try to extend
more than one offer to an applicant. When the profile option is set to Warning, then when
an active offer exists for an applicant, a manager who attempts to extend another offer
will receive a warning that an active offer already exists. You can also prevent managers
from extending more than one offer to an applicant by setting the profile option value to
Error. When managers search for an applicant to create an offer, they can verify whether
an active offer exists for that applicant using the Active Offer Exists column on the View
Applicants page.
3.35.2.5. View Offer Status and Offer Last Update Date for Applicants
On the View Applicants page, managers or recruiters can view the offer status for
applicants. This page also displays the last update date for offers. This is a benefit to
managers, as they need not drill down to the Candidate Details page to view the offer
status.
3.35.2.6. View Offer Approval History

Recruiters or managers can view the approval history of an offer at any stage in the offer
process. The offer approval history details include the offer status, offer approver,
approver type, approval status, approval date, and any comments on the offer. Recruiters
can view the offer approval history using the Offers Workbench page. They can click the
Approvers icon to view the approval history. For individual applications, managers can
view the offer approval history in the Offers tabbed region of the Candidates Details
page.
3.35.2.7. Search for Closed Offers

Recruiters can now search for offers that are closed with the following reasons:
Applicant declined acceptance
Applicant hired
Applicant withdrew application
Manager closed offer
Manager terminated application
Offer accepted by applicant
Offer declined by applicant
Offer expired
Offer rejected by approver
Offer withdrawn
3.35.2.8. Withdraw Offers

Oracle iRecruitment now enables recruiters and hiring managers to withdraw offers that
have been extended to applicants. When an applicant declines an offer after having at
first accepted it, the managers can record this information using the Applicant Declined
Acceptance page.
Recruiters or hiring managers can withdraw offers with status:
Pending for Approval
Pending Extend Duration
Returned for Correction
Approved
Extended
Hold
Closed, with reason Offer Accepted by Applicant or Offer Declined by Applicant
3.35.3. Release 12.1.1
3.35.3.1. Interview Management

Oracle iRecruitment delivers new Interview Management functionality that enables you
to manage the entire interview cycle in their recruitment process. Using the Interview
Management functionality, recruiters and hiring managers can:
Schedule multiple rounds of job interviews for an applicant or for multiple
applications for a vacancy.
Select the members of the interview team and, if there are multiple interviewers
for a particular round of interviews, define the primary interviewer. Interviewers
must be part of the recruitment team for the vacancy.
Maintain interview information such as the interview schedule, contact
information, and details about the interviewers.
Provide feedback about the interview, add interview notes, and enter the result of
the interview.
Reschedule, cancel, or place an interview on hold.
Recruiters, hiring managers, and interviewers can view the summary of their interviews
on the My Interviews region of the iRecruitment home page. The My Interviews region
displays interview details for the next n number of days.
3.35.3.2. Recruitment Communications
The recruitment process involves communication between recruiters, hiring managers,
and candidates, including communication about the status of applications and additional
instructions about interview schedules, or clarification about job applications. These are
critical from a record-keeping standpoint.
Using the Recruitment Communications functionality, recruiters and hiring managers can
communicate with recruiting team members, candidates, and agencies individually or as a
group. They can initiate a topic or message and add recipients to it, and can send
messages to single or multiple applicants. The recipients receive notifications for these
messages. The recipients can respond to these messages from the Communication tab of
the Job Application details page. Users can attach documents to the messages.
The recruiters and hiring managers can configure the communication properties at the
vacancy level. If the processing of job applications for a vacancy is complete, then they
can close the communication.
3.35.3.3. Employee Referrals

For many enterprises, employee referrals are one of the most efficient and effective
sources of candidates. The Employee Referrals functionality enables:
Recruiters or hiring managers to mark vacancies eligible for employee referral
Employees to create candidate profiles and refer candidates to vacancies
available for referrals
Employees to create candidate profiles and refer their candidates to managers.
who in turn can pursue the candidates for suitable vacancies
Candidates to name an employee as a reference when creating their profiles or
submitting job application.
Recruiters and hiring managers to search for candidates who are referred by
employees
3.35.3.4. Notifications for New Job Applications and Application Status Changes
Oracle iRecruitment enables you to define your own FYI notification rules (in Oracle
Approval Management) for actions performed in the iRecruitment application. By
default, managers, candidates, and recruiters receive these FYI notifications. You can
configure the Approvals Management rules to determine the recipients.
Oracle iRecruitment provides predefined notifications that notify:
Vacancy managers or recruiters and applicants about the application status
changes
Vacancy managers or recruiters when new job applications are submitted for
their vacancies
3.35.3.5. Enhanced Searches

Oracle iRecruitment provides the following additional search capabilities for recruiters,
managers, and agency users. These users can search:
Vacancies based on professional area
Applicants based on multiple application statuses
Applicants based on any of the phone numbers available in the candidate profile
3.35.3.6. Attachments in Vacancy and Offers
Recruiters and hiring managers can now add attachments to vacancies and offers. They
can control access to the documents by adding separate documents for internal users such
as members of the recruiting team, and for external users such as applicants. However,
managers and recruiters can view both internal and external documents.
3.35.3.7. Dashboards for Hiring Manager and Recruiter

To monitor the progress of recruitment, hiring managers and recruiters need access to a
summary of their recent recruitment transactions without having to perform multiple
searches.
Oracle iRecruitment provides a dashboard on the iRecruitment Home page for hiring
managers and recruiters that gives direct access to recent vacancies, new applications for
vacancies, and recently created or updated offers. Managers and recruiters can specify the
time period for which they want to view recruitment information in terms of the last n
days. They can also view scheduled interviews for the next n days.
Managers and recruiters can use the Recruitment Summary link on the iRecruitment
Home page to review recruitment summary information like number of vacancies,
vacancies filled, and offers accepted grouped by their direct reports, recruiters, and
organizations. Managers and recruiters can drill down from this Recruitment Summary
page to the relevant vacancy, application, or offer details pages. Oracle iRecruitment
displays the recruitment summary details based on the responsibility that a manager or a
recruiter uses.
3.35.3.8. Reconsider Terminated Applications

Recruiters and hiring managers can now reconsider applications that have been
terminated by error or that otherwise need to be reconsidered. Recruiters can reconsider
one or more terminated applications from the View Applicants page.
Candidates who have voluntarily withdrawn their applications or whose applications have
been terminated by recruiters can now request reconsideration of their applications from
the Job Application Details page. Recruiters and hiring managers can review the requests
and decide whether to reconsider these applications.
3.35.3.9. Offer Withdrawal

Recruiters and hiring managers can now withdraw offers that are at any of the following
offer statuses:
Pending for Approval
Pending Extend Duration
Returned for Correction
Approved
Extended
Hold
Closed: Offer Accepted by Applicant
Closed: Offer Declined by Applicant.
Recruiters and hiring managers can record the applicant response after the applicant
accepts the offer.
3.35.4. Release 12.1.2
In this release, Oracle iRecruitment provides a better user experience, introduces WEB
2.0 features like RSS feeds, and implements enhancements that improve the recruitment
processes.
3.35.4.1. Create External User Accounts for Candidate Records Created by

Managers and Recruiters
Oracle iRecruitment now provides the option to create a new external user account for a
candidate whose profile was created by a manager or recruiter. This option enables these
candidates to maintain and manage their own user accounts. A new profile option drives
the creation of the external user account.
A candidate registered by the manager or recruiter receives login credentials to log in to
the iRecruitment Visitor site. Using these details, the candidates can search for jobs,
apply for jobs, view the interview schedules, and manage their account.
3.35.4.2. Use RSS Feeds Links when Searching for Jobs

After performing a job search, site visitors and external candidates can subscribe to RSS
feeds that automatically send updated information about jobs straight to their desktop,
without having to visit the client application. When candidates subscribe to these feeds,
they can view new or updated information that match the criteria provided during the
feed subscription directly in their RSS feeds reader.
3.35.4.3. Use Links in the Notifications to Navigate to iRecruitment Pages

Links to the relevant transaction pages are provided in notification messages. Users can
click these links to navigate directly to the actual application pages. For example, when a
candidate receives a notification for a communication message, the candidate can click
the link to navigate to the Communication Details page and reply to the message.
3.35.4.4. View Interview iCalendar File (.ics) Attachments in Notifications

When interview events are scheduled for applicants, an iCalendar file (.ics) containing
the schedule information is attached to the notification messages. Users can export the
interview details in the iCalendar file into calendar applications that support the .ics
format. This feature enables them to monitor their upcoming interview events in their
calendar application.
3.35.4.5. View Salary Amounts in the Corporate Currency

Oracle iRecruitment now provides the ability to view the salary in the corporate currency.
A new read-only field is available to recruiters, hiring managers, agency users, and
approvers in the Create or Update Vacancy page, the Create or Update Offer page, and
other vacancy and offer view pages. This field displays salary information after
converting it into the corporate currency. For example, if the proposed salary is entered as
5,000 USD and the Corporate Currency is set to GBP, then the corresponding value will
be displayed in GBP. If the conversion rate were set to 1 USD = 0.61 GBP, then the field
would show 3085.905 GBP.
3.35.4.6. View Resume and Documents on iRecruitment Pages
Recruiters, hiring managers, and offer approvers can view the resume and supporting
documents uploaded at the application stage, and the latest supporting documents
uploaded as of the system date. This information is available in a new region on the
Create or Update Offer Review page, the Offer Approval Notification page, and the
Application Details page. The user can preview or download the documents directly from
these pages.
3.35.4.7. Provide Comments when Withdrawing or Terminating Job Applications

Oracle iRecruitment now enables:
Applicants to provide comments when they withdraw their job applications
Managers, recruiters and agency users to provide comments when they terminate
job applications in the recruitment process
Managers and recruiters to receive a notification with the withdrawal comments
The Request Reconsideration feature, which is used by applicants to requesting
reconsideration of their terminated applications, will be displayed only for self-
withdrawn applications. This feature will not be available for applications terminated by
a manager or recruiter.
3.35.4.8. Use Document Type Restriction for File Uploads

Prior to this release, when an applicant uploaded a document such as a resume or a cover
letter, iRecruitment did not validate the document file type. This made the system
vulnerable to files that contain destructive code.
Oracle iRecruitment now provides an extensible lookup to control which document types
can be uploaded. When a user attempts to upload any document type other than the ones
configured, the system gives an error and does not accept the document.
3.35.4.9. View Job Details and Candidate Details in Context Windows on

iRecruitment Pages
External candidates can view the basic details of a job, including job requirements, skills
required, salary details, and so on in a window that appears when they hover over the Job
Name. Managers and recruiters can view basic details about the candidate, such as work
preferences, skills, qualifications and previous employment details when they hover over
the Candidate Name. The Candidate Details pop-up is now available in all the candidate
search pages: Prospect Pool, Individuals, Resume, and Applicants and View Applicant
pages. Users can use these pop-ups to avoid drilling down to detail pages.
3.35.4.10. Record Notes About Applicants

Recruiters and hiring managers can now record notes and comments using the inline
attachments feature. Using inline attachments, users can view and add notes by hovering
over the attachments icon. They can add text, URL references, and files as notes. This
feature has been enabled out of the box in the Applicants Search and View Applicants
pages.
3.35.5. Release 12.1.3
3.35.5.1. Candidate Profile

Oracle iRecruitment now provides hiring managers and recruiters a user-friendly single
page interface with all relevant candidate details. The Candidate Profile page presents a
comprehensive picture of candidates and applicants to help compare a candidate to the
applicant pool.
The Candidate Profile feature enables recruiters and hiring managers to:
View candidate or applicant profile information
View Application Details
View the Applicant Pool Analysis, which provides information on how well the
candidate fits a particular vacancy in comparison with the others in the Applicant
Pool, in terms of skill requirements, assessment scores and salary expectation.
Print candidate profiles
Generate profile comparison reports for applicants
The Candidate Profile page presents this information in three regions: Candidate Details,
Application Details, and Applicant Pool Analysis. Each region facilitates quick
processing of candidature and applications. This minimizes the number of clicks and
improves the productivity of recruiters.
3.35.5.2. Find Duplicates

Duplicate records can occur when candidates register more than once and submit job
applications to vacancies using different methods. Having the same candidate associated
with multiple accounts is confusing and causes redundant processing of the same
candidate multiple times.
Oracle iRecruitment now provides an easy way for recruiters to find duplicate profiles
using predefined search criteria. Using the Find Duplicates functionality, recruiters can
find and link duplicates profiles in the system. Once the profiles are linked, recruiters and
hiring managers can review information from all the duplicate profiles from any one of
the candidate details page.
3.35.5.3. HR-XML 2.5 Compliance for Job Board Posting

Oracle iRecruitment is now compliant with the HR-XML version 2.5 for Job Board
Postings. Enterprises can use this feature to post vacancies on the recruiting sites of
third-party job board vendors that have adopted the HR-XML 2.5 standards.
3.35.5.4. Salary Basis and/or Proposed Salary Fields Non-Mandatory

Prior to this release, in iRecruitment, when an offer was created for an applicant, both the
Salary Basis and Proposed Salary fields were mandatory. When the Proposed Salary field
was entered, a pay proposal was created for the candidate. This forced the customer to
administer pay using Salary Administration only, though Oracle HRMS offers many
other ways to remunerate employees.
Oracle iRecruitment now enables you to decide whether candidates hired through
iRecruitment should have their pay administered using Salary Administration. By
configuring a system-defined profile option, you can either make both the Salary Basis
and Proposed Salary fields optional or make them mandatory. You can also enable the
Salary Basis and Proposed Salary fields based on job, position, grade, or organization
attributes.
3.35.5.5. Dated Updates for Application Statuses

Prior to this release, application status updates made in iRecruitment took the system date
as the effective date. Recruiters and managers cannot always make these changes on the
date the event actually happens.
With this release, iRecruitment enables recruiters and hiring managers can specify the
effective date for each application status update., Recruiters and managers can accurately
record disposition status in iRecruitment.
3.35.5.6. Offer-Related Changes for Employee Applicants

When a manager creates an offer for an employee applicant in iRecruitment, the
Compensation page now displays the details of the ICD plans that the employee is
currently enrolled in. These details help the recruiting manager make an informed
decision about compensation given as part of the offer. The Review page also provides a
comparison between the current employee assignment and the proposed offer assignment.
3.35.6.1. View Application Details of a Hired Applicant

Hiring managers and recruiters can now view application details of hired applicants. This
change helps managers and recruiters to see:
Complete job application history of a hired applicant
Referral details to award referral bonuses
All applications submitted by an applicant including the hired application
Other information and enterprise-specific details configured through flexfields.
3.35.6.2. Initiate SSHR Applicant Hire Process from Offers

To hire iRecruitment applicants, hiring managers and recruiters can now initiate the
hiring process directly from the iRecruitment application. This enables hiring managers
and recruiters to initiate the applicant hire process from the Offer Details page instead of
navigating to Oracle HRMS or Oracle SSHR to hire iRecruitment applicants.
3.35.6.3. Dynamically Populate Vacancy and Application Status LOVs in

iRecruitment
You can now populate Vacancy, Application Status, and Application Status Change
Reasons lists of values using user tables. You can dynamically populate the Vacancy
Status LOV based on the current status of the vacancy. For example, using user tables,
you can configure the system to populate the Vacancy Statuses LOV with Closed, Hold,
and Under Review statuses, when the current status of the vacancy is Approved.
The steps involved in configuring the user tables to dynamically populate the Vacancy
status LOV include:
Create a user table. For example, IRC_VACANCY_STATUS_UT.
Create two columns. For example: IRC _CURR_STATUS_COLUMN and IRC
_NEXT_STATUS_COLUMN.
Create the required statuses in the VACANCY_STATUS lookup.
Creating the mapping between the current status and possible statuses.
You can employ a similar approach for dynamically populating the LOVs for Vacancy
Status, Application Status, and Application Status Change Reasons.
3.35.7.1. Access to Internal Job Site for Contingent Workers

With this release, Contingent Workers can search for and apply for internal jobs using
iRecruitment. Contingent workers can track their job applications and interview
schedules, communicate with the recruiters, and receive job offers online.
You can assign the iRecruitment Employee Candidate responsibility or any custom
employee candidate responsibility having appropriate employee candidate permissions.
Depending on your business requirements, you can enable contingent workers to apply
for internal or external jobs or both.
3.35.8.1. Applicant Time Resume

With this release iRecruitment provides an option for hiring managers, recruiters, and
agency users to view resumes uploaded with job applications. A document uploaded at
the time the job application is submitted is referred as an Application Time Document.
Prior to this release, the latest resume for the application was displayed in the View
Applicant page.
Two new columns, Application Time Resume and Application Time Resume Preview,
are available on theView Applicant page o enable managers or recruiters to view resumes
added by applicants at the time of application. These columns are hidden by default and
can be enabled using the OAF Personalization feature by setting the appropriate property
to True in the personalization page.
3.35.8.2. Administer Assessment in Multiple Languages

With this release assessments can be created and administered in more than one language.
A candidate can attempt the registration or application assessment in their preferred
language, if the assessment is configured for their preferred language. Oracle
iRecruitment displays assessment results based on the language in which the candidate
has attempted the test. In addition to the assessment results, hiring managers and
recruiters can preview applicants' resumes or download resumes to gather further
information.
3.35.8.3. View All Scheduled Interviews

From this release onwards, iRecruitment users like the hiring manager or a recruiting
team member can view the interview schedules for all of the vacancies they are involved
in, irrespective of the responsibility they have used to log in. The interview schedules are
displayed on the Manager or Recruiter home page.
3.35.8.4. Upload Offer Letters When Creating or Updating Offers
Oracle iRecruitment now enables a manager or recruiter to upload a manually created
offer letter when creating or updating an offer. Prior to this release, manual upload of
offer letter was possible only after the offer was approved, and only from the Offers
Workbench functionality.
Users can click the Upload button on the View Offer Letter page to upload the offer
letter. However, if an offer that has a manually uploaded offer letter is saved for a later
date, then the manager must upload the offer letter again when the offer transaction is
processed from the Save for Later table.
3.35.8.5. View Complete Interview Location Address Details

With this release, the interview notifications that applicants and interviewers receive in
iRecruitment display the complete location address details.
3.35.8.6. Control the Ability of Managers to Apply for Vacancies Created by

Subordinate Employees in Their Supervisor Hierarchy
Enterprises can control the ability of managers to apply for vacancies created by
employees in their supervisor hierarchy using the new profile option IRC: Allow job
application in subordinate hierarchy.
3.35.8.7. Autocomplete Disabled for Certain Fields in iRecruitment

Prior to this release, the entries made in the web browser when using iRecruitment were
retained and previous entries were visible. In this release, to protect user information and
enforce security, the autocomplete feature is disabled in some of the iRecruitment pages
and fields.
3.35.8.8. Enter Key Mapped with Go Button for Specific Fields in iRecruitment
To improve user interaction, the Enter key is mapped to the Go button for specific fields
in some iRecruitment pages. Users can press Enter instead of clicking the Go button.
When the user presses Enter from specific text fields, submission or search happens
automatically without further user intervention.
3.35.8.9. Avoid Issues When Using DMZ Instance for iRecruitment

In a DMZ-enabled instance for iRecruitment, accessing iRecruitment Style Sheets and
DTD from the OA_HTML directory may cause issues during candidate registration,
resume parsing, background check, and job postings to third-party recruiting sites. If you
are using a DMZ-enabled instance for iRecruitment, then you can avoid this issue by
setting the profile option IRC: Avoid accessing stylesheets using URL formation. This
profile allows the reading of the style sheet content directly from the file system instead
of through a URL formed by the Application Framework Agent, thereby preventing
connection issues.
3.35.9. Release 12.2
3.35.9.1. Multiple Location Vacancy

Oracle iRecruitment now enables you to create a vacancy with multiple locations, instead
of creating multiple vacancies for each location.
The multiple location vacancy feature enables hiring managers and recruiters to:
Create a vacancy in multiple countries and locations.
Create a vacancy with multiple locations in one country.
Generate and extend offers in the desired country after processing the job
applications.
The multiple location vacancy feature enables candidates to:
Search for jobs based on any of the locations identified for the vacancy.
Choose a location preference when submitting job applications.
3.36. Oracle iRecruitment Information Discovery
3.36.1. Release 12.1.3.4
3.36.1.1. Job Search for Candidates

Oracle iRecruitment is now integrated with Oracle Information Discovery Server, a
hybrid search and analytics database, to provide site visitors and registered users a fast
and intuitive interface to search and filter available job information. Site visitors or
registered users can use the Information Discovery search feature in the iRecruitment
Home page to search for jobs using Links, Advanced Search, and Keywords Search.
Oracle iRecruitment integration with Oracle Information Discovery enhances the user
experience of job searching, as it makes use of the in-memory data of the Oracle
Information Discovery server.
Site visitors and registered users can:

Use the Information Discovery search region in the Job: Available Jobs tab to
filter and search for jobs based on various attributes.
Refine job searches quickly through guided navigation or filters, filtering down
to a specific job very quickly.
View the search results in Job List tab.
Select listed jobs and compare jobs for further analysis.
Print job details.
The Information Discovery search region in iRecruitment can be enabled by setting the
IRC: Enable Endeca Search Integration profile option to Yes. If this profile is set to No,
then iRecruitment displays the existing Oracle Application Framework search user
interface.
3.37. Oracle International HR and Payroll
3.37.1.1. Support for Payroll Archiver

The Payroll Archiver is a multi-threaded core functionality that is used to create a
snapshot of information based on existing pre-payment actions, which then forms the
data source for post-payroll processes like Check Writer and Online Payslip.
3.37.1.2. Online Payslip

Employee Self-Service Responsibility. Customers can configure the template to get their
desired look and feel for the payslip, and XML Publisher engine will produce a PDF
document as output.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment Information Discovery 141
3.37.1.3. Rehire Before FPD
This feature allows Internal Payroll customers to rehire the employees before the final
process date.
3.37.1.4. Direct Deposit

The Direct Deposit Process allows payroll administrators to process the magnetic
payment method type. The process generates an XML file with the employer details,
employee details, and payment information. The XML Publisher engine then combines
this XML file with an RTF template to generate an eText file. You can merge the XML
file with the bank template to generate the magnetic file.
3.37.1.5. Support for Enhanced Retro Pay

This feature enables an enhanced retroactive calculation mechanism for Oracle
International Payroll .
3.37.1.6. Payroll Exception Report
The Payroll Exception report is used to identify variations in payroll balances early in the
payroll cycle. It also provides a user interface to create a report for any balance and
dimension without writing any code.
3.37.1.7. View Balance Self-Service Page

The View Balance Self-Service page gives users ability to view employee balances in a
date mode. The page provides various options for viewing the balances, including the
assignment or person-level balance view, and different dimensions like person to date,
month to date or year to date and so on for viewing the details.
3.38. Oracle Labor Distribution
3.38.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)
3.38.1.1. Use Employee Work Schedules to Distribute and Encumber Labor Costs
In Oracle Labor Distribution, Monday through Friday are considered business days, and
the labor cost is distributed only on those days even if an employee works during a
Saturday or Sunday. Employees in the same organization may work on varying
schedules; for example, an employee may work Saturday through Wednesday, and
another may work Monday through Friday. With this new functionality, you can
have Oracle Labor Distribution distribute and encumber labor costs based on the work
schedules of the employees.
Customers can also configure Oracle Labor Distribution to distribute and encumber the
hours an employee worked during a payroll time period. They can import any element
containing hours and costs in Oracle Payroll into Oracle Labor Distribution to distribute
the costs using this new feature.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Labor Distribution 142
3.38.1.2. Set Up Clearing Accounts for Multiple Payrolls
Labor Distribution administrators can now set up clearing accounts for multiple payrolls
in Oracle Labor Distribution. This feature is useful if, for example, your organization has
business units or operating companies with a need to maintain separate transactions. You
can now set up those clearing accounts at the payroll level in Oracle Labor Distribution to
accurately identify the transactions of each payroll. With this enhancement, each payroll
can have a dedicated clearing account for use with Oracle Labor Distribution, thus
enabling you to reconcile the clearing accounts with ease.
3.38.1.3. Process Payroll Reversals, Balance Adjustments, and Retroactive

Payments More Easily
Oracle Labor Distribution imports reversals, balance adjustments, and retroactive
payments when you import a regular payroll run. As a Labor Distribution administrator,
you only need to run the PSP: Import Payroll Transactions once to import a regular
payroll along with other payroll actions for reversals, balance adjustments, and
retroactive payments that you costed in Oracle Payroll. In addition, you only need to run
the PSP: Create Distribution Lines process and PSP: Summarize and Transfer Payroll
Distribution process once to distribute and transfer all the imported transactions.
3.38.1.4. Specify Accounting Dates When Transferring Distribution Lines to Oracle

General Ledger, Oracle Projects, and Oracle Grants Accounting
As an implementer, you now have the flexibility to specify the accounting date that
Oracle Labor Distribution must use when transferring distribution lines into Oracle
General Ledger.
3.38.1.5. Use Parameter Sets to Run Scheduling and Distribution Reports More
Easily
To simplify the process of generating reports, Oracle Labor Distribution now enables you
to use parameter sets in all of the scheduling and distribution reports. For example, if you
frequently run the Distribution History by Organization report, in which you need to
select one or more organizations, then you can create a parameter set to store the
organizations. You can use the parameter set in the process to quickly run the report.
3.38.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.38.2.1. Rollback Create Distribution Lines Process for All Periods by Providing
the Highest Time Period Name
When you import multiple periods together, the Create Distribution Lines (CDL) process
runs only on the maximum time period among them and automatically pulls in all the
other periods. However, the Rollback CDL process needed the periods separately to do a
rollback. With this release, you can enter the higher time period name to roll back CDL
for all other periods as well. This is useful to roll back CDL for multiple periods that you
imported together. To accommodate this change, the application now uses the rollback
based on the maximum time period value in the Rollback concurrent program, which in
turns rolls back the child periods as well.
3.38.2.2. Use New Predefined Salary Cap Rates

You can now use new predefined salary cap rates for 2008. You use salary caps for
sponsors to enable the Create Distribution Lines process to determine excess funds.
3.38.2.3. Control the Behavior of the Import Process
With this release, you can use the Ignore Date Earned in Element Entries configuration
option to control the behavior of the Import Process to Labor Distribution. To enable
distribution to happen based on pay period start and end dates, set the configuration
option to Yes. To enable distributions based on element entry date earned values, set the
configuration option to No.
3.38.3. Release 12.1.1
3.38.3.1. Integration with Award Distribution Functionality in Grants Accounting

This is an enhancement to integrate Labor Distribution with Award Distribution and
Funding Pattern functionality. The Award Distribution functionality in Oracle Grants
Accounting enables users to define a funding pattern for a project and task combination.
The funding pattern saves data entry time, since users do not have to select an award
when defining a labor schedule. It also results in less data maintenance, since the award
distribution setup is maintained in one central location.
3.38.4.1. Archive and Retrieval Processes for Pre-Gen Distribution Interface

The PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE table stores all the records that are part of Pre-
Gen batches created in Labor Distribution, irrespective of the validity and the status of
the records. This causes performance problems when the data is queried from the user
interface, especially for large amounts of data on long runs. This requires a set of archive
and retrieve processes to reduce the volume of the data on this transaction table and to
pull back the data into the table on demand.
A set of Archive and Retrieval processes has been created for this purpose. They are PSP:
Archive Pre-Gen Distribution Interface and PSP: Retrieve Pre-Gen Distribution Interface.
These processes archive the data to the table PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INT_ARCH and
retrieve the data back to transaction table PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE when
required. This improves performance on the PRE-GEN window while querying records
yet to be transferred to PSP_PRE_GEN_DIST_LINES table.
3.38.5. Release 12.2.4
3.38.5.1. QuickPay Archiver Process for International HRMS Users

With this release, the QuickPay Archive is enabled for the International HRMS
localization. Users can run this process for one assignment. Additionally, if the Payroll
Archiver (International Payroll) process errors for some assignments, the process can be
run for those assignments without rolling back the entire process.
A set of Archive and Retrieval processes has been created for this purpose. They are PSP:
Archive Pre-Gen Distribution Interface and PSP: Retrieve Pre-Gen Distribution Interface.
These processes archive the data to the table PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INT_ARCH and
retrieve the data back to transaction table PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE when
required. This improves performance on the PRE-GEN form while querying records yet
to be transferred to PSP_PRE_GEN_DIST_LINES table.
3.39. Oracle Learning Management
3.39.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2)
3.39.1.1. Check Duplicate Contacts for External Learners

In Oracle Learning Management (OLM) Release 12, if a learners name is manually
entered in the Enrollment Details Form, as opposed to being selected from a list of values
(LOV), there is a possibility that a duplicate contact entry will be created due to a missing
validation check on manual entries. With RUP2, a validation has been added to check for
matching names. When a duplicate entry is identified, the administrator will receive a
warning message and the new contact will only be created if approved by the
administrator.
3.39.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP4)
3.39.2.1. Use Keywords to Search for Courses in OLM

In addition to the course name, the basic search and advanced search features now use
keywords to search for courses. A new keyword search field is available on the Advanced
Search page.
3.39.3. Release 12.1.1
3.39.3.1. Learners Can View Catalog Attachments

Administrators can now use attachments to present more information to the learner or
instructor about courses, offerings, and classes. Administrators can provide detailed
course descriptions, instructor presentations, hotel descriptions, pre-course material, and
instructor notes as attachments.
On the course, offering, and class levels, administrators can attach files, provide URLs,
and enter text as attachments to courses, offerings, and classes. These attachments are
visible to the learners or instructors before and after enrollment in a class in the
Additional Information section.
When adding an attachment, administrators can define who can view the attachments
using the following categories:
Comments
Learner
Instructor
Learners can view the attachments at the level at which they are attached (course,
offering, or class).
Instructors can view the attachments for the classes for which they are instructors.
3.39.3.2. Free Text Question Type

Free Text Question is a new question type that allows learners to provide elaborate
responses rather than a simple yes or no.
There are two major areas where this new question type can be used:
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 145
To assess learners knowledge of a complex topic by evaluating the free text
responses. The answer will be evaluated by the instructor.
In surveys and course evaluation to gather feedback on questions such as What
would you like to see in this course in the future? and What was your general
impression of the course?
This new question type does not have a finite number of correct answers, which means it
cannot be scored by the system. The idea is that instructors or administrators can ask
more general questions and learners can give elaborate responses. Instructors can decide
whether the answers should influence the result of the test.
3.39.3.3. Mandatory Enrollment

The mandatory enrollment feature enables you to ensure that workers enroll in mandatory
training. Administrators can make a class mandatory for a specific learner, learner group,
organization, job, position, or a combination of these.
Mandatory enrollment can be used for both self-paced and scheduled training and
especially for e-learning. This feature enables you to provide everyone in the
organization with access to an e-learning course or e-information.
To make learner enrollment in a class mandatory, administrators must select the new
Mandatory Enrollment check box on the Add Learner Access page. Not only will learners
who qualify today be automatically enrolled, also learners who will qualify at a later time
will be automatically enrolled. Learners cannot unenroll themselves from a mandatory
enrollment.
An enrollment process concurrent program will run automatically at specified intervals,
checking all mandatory enrollments to verify if new learners should be automatically
enrolled. The enrollment process will not enroll learners before the enrollment start date
and will end enrollment at the enrollment end date if this date is provided. Otherwise,
enrollment will stop after the end date of the class if this date is provided.
3.39.3.4. Course Evaluation

For many enterprises, course evaluation is a central part of their training strategy. The
new course evaluation functionality enables you to easily incorporate course evaluation
in all of your classes. You can evaluate self-paced and classroom based courses online to
gather feedback from learners on different training courses.
The existing test functionality is used to create a standard solution for including training
evaluation in all types of classes (both self-paced and scheduled). Evaluation sections are
normal test sections defined as today in the Content tab of the administrator interface.
Sections can be mandatory or voluntary. If either the course-level or the class-level
section is mandatory, the entire evaluation is mandatory.
The evaluation can consist of two sections: one section for the course, to collect feedback
from the course (content, relevance, level, and so on), and another for the class belonging
to the course, to collect information from the class (instructor, venue, lunch, and so on)
separately.
Learners view the evaluation and complete it directly in the browser and not through the
OLM player.
3.39.3.5. Reports for Certification, Forums and Chats

Oracle Learning Management provides new BI Publisher reports for the following areas:
Certification
Forum
Chat
These reports are master reports for each area. Using BI Publisher, you can add filters
and change the format to suit your business needs.
For the Certification report, the input parameters are: Certification Name, Subscription
Status, Learner Name, Date (To, From) and Expiry Date (To, From). The output columns
are: Learner Name, Certification Name, Subscription Status, Date, and Expiry Date.
For the Forum report, the input parameters are: Forum Name, Author, String in Message,
And Posted Date (To, From). The output columns are: Forum Name, Topic Name,
Author, 1. Line of Original in Message, 1. Line of Message, and Posted Date.
3.39.3.6. Learner Groups

Learner groups are used to define learner access to categories, courses, offerings and
classes. Learner groups can consist of learners, organizations, jobs, positions, and so on.
The administrator can use learner groups as well as assignments and learner to define
learner access. As soon as a new learner group has been added to the learner access, the
learners included in the learner group can search and enroll in the course, offering, or
class. The new learners in the learner group will be automatically enrolled in the class if
the class is mandatory. You can also use learner groups to bulk enroll learners in classes.
3.39.3.7. Learner Basic Search Enhancements

The current search functionality only searches in the title and not in the keywords or
description of a course. This new search feature will search for other metadata available
in the catalog objects.
Secure Enterprise Search (SES) provides this search functionality in Oracle Learning
Management. The search object Course is available in the drop-down list in the Learner
Home page. If the learner selects Course and enters any search keyword, the following
will be searched for:
Course name
Course code
Course description
Course objectives
Course keywords
From the search results, learners can navigate to the course details page and enroll, un-
enroll, or play the content. Once the learner has enrolled, un-enrolled, or played the
content, the system returns to the Learner Home page.
3.39.4. Release 12.1.2
3.39.4.1. Electronic Signature

OLM now supports the eSignature functionality to enable you to use OLM in a workflow
that complies with FDA 21 CFR Part 11.
With this new functionality, learners can provide their electronic signature after they
complete a course in OLM to acknowledge they have taken the training and understood
the content.
Similarly, administrators and instructors can provide their electronic signature if they
change the description of the course or change a learners status.
Together, this will provide a complete record of users who have taken training and the
content of that training.
Each electronic signature and its corresponding e-record can be retrieved and viewed as
proof of training taken in case of inspection by the FDA or other authorities.
3.39.4.2. Administrator Access Control

Using the existing Role Based Access Control it is possible to control which functions an
administrator can use on the catalog and content data. With the new Administrator
Access Control functionality, it is possible to control which data an administrator can
work on.
Large organizations often have several administrators working on the same OLM
instance. These organizations can now let each administrator work on the catalog and
content management for his own area without interfering with the other administrators
work. Administrator Access Control is set at the catalog category level or on the content
folder level. Only administrators belonging to a specific administrator group can access
the catalog objects belonging to this category or the content objects belonging to the
content folder.
3.39.4.3. Enhanced Learning Path Functionality

With the new enhanced Learning Path functionality, administrators can now
automatically enroll learners in classes when they are subscribed to a learning path.
Learners will automatically be un-enrolled when they unsubscribe from a learning path.
This new functionality is designed for induction and training programs, where many
learners are expected to go through the same training program with a number of classes
to attend. With the automatic enrollments in classes for a learning path the individual
learners are ready to start their training as soon as they log in to OLM, instead of first
having to search for, and enroll in, classes for each course in the learning path.
3.39.4.4. Automatic Calculation of End Date for Learner Competency

OLM provides the new profile option OTA: Allow Competency Update with Renewal
Period. This profile option makes it possible to automatically set the start and end dates
of a new competency by using the Renewal Period field and the Units field in Oracle
HRMS. OLM uses the renewal information (renewal period and renewal period unit) to
calculate the end date of the learners competencies. This feature saves administrators
time as they dont have to end-date competencies manually.
3.39.4.5. Reduced Number of Clicks in OLM Pages

A number of changes have been made in OLM to reduce the number of clicks learners
and administrators make to navigate through the central OLM workflows.
Added a Direct Enrollment icon to the search result tables (for learners and
managers). With this new icon, learners do not have to go through the process of
choosing a course, offering, and a class each time they want to enroll in a class. If
there is only one class for a course, the learner can directly enroll in that class
after searching for it. If there are several classes but only one offering, the learner
can go directly to the classes and enroll in one of these classes.
On the Course page, if the course has a prerequisite, learners can now click a link
to view the course details of the prerequisite course.
Added enrollments shortcuts and email icons to the class list page (for
administrators). Four new columns in the table on the Classes page make it easier
for the administrator to work with classes and enrollments from this page.
o The first column shows the number of available seats in the class, so the
administrator does not have to open the class page to see this.
o The second column contains a Mail icon, whereby administrators can
send a mail to all learners enrolled in a class.
o The third column contains a Bulk Enroll icon that administrators can use
to directly navigate to the Bulk Enroll page without having to navigate
through several pages.
o The Last column contains a Single Enroll icon that brings administrators
directly to the Single Enroll page in one click.
Eliminated the second search for class in the Enrollment and Subscription
workflow (for administrators). On the Enrollment and Subscriptions subtab,
when administrators click Add Enrollments, the search result from the first page
is carried over to the next page so that administrators dont need to perform the
same search twice.
3.39.5. Release 12.1.3
3.39.5.1. Pop-up Window on the Administrator Enrollments Page

A new pop-up window appears on the Enrollments page when an administrator moves
the mouse over one of the learners enrolled in a class. This window serves as a quick
interface to view and edit data about the learner and enrollment.
The following information is available in the pop-up window:
Picture of the learner
Learner name
Enrollment number
Enrollment status
Reason for change
Successful attendance
Attendance result
In the pop-up window, the administrator can change all information except the picture,
learner name, and enrollment number.
3.39.5.2. Pop-up Window on the Administrator Catalog Page

A new pop-up window appears on the Catalog page when an administrator moves the
mouse over one of the courses listed on the page. This window helps administrators to
view:
General information about the course: the course name, an icon if e-signature is
enabled for the course, and an icon if an evaluation is attached to the course
Aggregate information for each type of class in the course: number of courses,
number of learners enrolled, number of learners who finished the class, and
number of free seats (only for synchronous classes)
Information about individual classes for the course: class name and type, start
date, number of learners enrolled, number of learners who finished the class,
maximum and minimum number of learners in the class, and number of
waitlisted learners
3.39.6.1. SCORM 2004 Compliance

SCORM is the standard governing the interaction between a learning management
system and the content being played on the LMS. OLM is now compliant with SCORM
2004 Edition 4.
SCORM 2004-compliant content can be imported and played in OLM, and content can
be exported from OLM in SCORM 2004 format. OLM now also covers all optional CMI
calls in SCORM 1.2.
The Player outline tree in the Player will reflect the current sequencing tracking status as
defined in the content at all times. The Player outline will, based on sequencing activities
that occur as a result of content tracking, dynamically update in order to determine which
content objects are active and which are not active.
3.39.6.2. Enhanced Certification Functionality

Changes have been made to the certification functionality to make it easier and more
intuitive for the learner.
The learner can now start on-line classes belonging to a certification from both
the Enrollments section on the Learner Home page and from the Learning
Certification page.
A new column, Item in, is added to the Enrollments section on the Learner Home
page.
This new column contains an icon if the class is part of (an item in) a certification
or learning path.
On the Learning Certification page, the column Find Offerings has been renamed
Enroll in Class and now works in the same way as the search result page:
The learner is taken directly to the Enrollments page or list of classes if there is
only one offering for the course.
3.39.7.1. Enhanced Learner Access Using Eligibility Profiles

Eligibility profiles have been used in other applications within Oracle Human Capital
Management, such as Advanced Benefits and Performance Management. This
functionality is now also available in OLM.
This new functionality greatly enhances the way in which the OLM administrator can
define a learner group and thereby who should have access to training in OLM. You can
define eligibility profiles specifically for OLM and use these to define learner groups in
OLM. One or more eligibility profiles can be entered as components when defining a
learner group.
It is now possible to define learner groups using criteria such as competencies, gender,
person type, location, grade, length of service, and so on through eligibility profiles.
3.39.8.1. Automatic Certification Subscription

With the new Automatic Certification Subscription functionality it is possible to
automatically subscribe learners to a certification on an ongoing basis.
When this new functionality is used, a group of learners defined by Learner Access is
subscribed to the certification.
When the accompanying concurrent program is run thereafter (for example, once a day),
all learners who have become part of the group since the last time the concurrent program
was run are automatically subscribed to the certification.
This way it is easy to ensure that, for instance, all members of an organization are always
subscribed to a certification no matter when they join the organization, and with no
intervention from the administrator.
3.39.8.2. Integration with Oracle WebCenter Content

Oracle WebCenter Content (OWCC) is Oracles best-in-class Content Management
System. OWCC is now integrated with OLM. With this integration, OLM offers a full
featured, best-in-class Learning Content Management System in which all types of
content used by OLM can be managed and stored.
From OLM, you can:
Configure OLM content server on OWCC
Import SCORM (1.2 and 2004) and AICC compliant content directly to the OLM
content server
Associate a file on OWCC with a Content Object in OLM
Upload a file to the OLM content server
With the OWCC integration, the following functionality is now available on an OLM
content server:
Version control
Security
Indexing and search
Metadata
Workflow engine
Replication
FDA 21 CFR Part 11 compliance on the content server side (and existing
compliance on the LMS side)
The use of OWCC in OLM is not covered by the OLM license, but requires a separate
OWCC license.
3.39.8.3. Automatic Update Competence When Manually Setting Certification
Status
The administrator can now specify that a learners competence profile is updated with the
certification-specific competencies when the learners certification subscription status is
set to Certified.
This brings the manual update of a learners subscription status in line with the automatic
update (done when the learner finishes all classes in a certification), so both automatically
update the learners competence profile with the certification-specific competencies.
3.39.8.4. Course Pictures

Users are accustomed to seeing pictures together with item descriptions when they view a
group of items on a web store. This functionality is now also available in OLM.
The administrator can now associate a picture with each course in OLM. This picture will
be visible to the learner when browsing, enrolling, or otherwise dealing with the courses
and classes on the learner pages.
This will help the learner quickly identify courses and classes and it makes the learner
pages more inviting.
3.39.9.1. Player Status Update

The administrator can now change the player status for a learner manually. The status of
online classes in OLM is sometimes not updated by the system. This can be due to
network issues, JRE issues, or learners not closing the player correctly. Therefore, the
administrator needs to be able to do this manually for individual learners.
3.39.9.2. Revoke Administrator Access Control

With this new functionality, an administrator can revoke the Administrator Access
Control previously associated with a category and learning objects in OLM. This means
that the visibility and accessibility of categories and learning objects for administrators in
OLM can always be made to reflect the latest changes in the organization.
3.39.9.3. Preventing Closing and Collapsing of the Outline in the Player

Administrators can now prevent closing and collapsing the outline in the OLM player.
Inexperienced users might, by accident, either close or collapse the outline of the OLM
player and, looking at the collapsed outline, think they have completed the whole course,
even if they only took the first of multiple chapters.
The administrator can avoid this by prohibiting the learner from collapsing or hiding the
outline on a class-by-class basis.
3.39.10.1. Enrollment End Date in the Past

It is now possible to enroll learners into classes after the enrollment end date.
This is done to allow learners who turn up on the day of the class to participate in the
class and then be enrolled at a later time.
3.39.11. Release 12.2.4
3.39.11.1. New Learner Interface

A completely new learner interface has been added to OLM. The new interface is
contemporary in design and promotes a new and better way for the learner to interact
with OLM. The UI has extended use of graphical elements, a simpler layout, fewer
clicks, and a streamlined procedure for finding and enrolling in learning. The old
interface is still available, as an alternative to the new one, if existing customizations
prevent an organization from using the new interface.
3.39.11.2. Catalog Item Picture

All catalog items (courses, classes, learning paths, and certifications) can be displayed
with a picture. Previously, this was only possible for courses and classes. This makes it
faster and easier for the learner to identify the different catalog items while browsing and
enrolling, and provides a richer and more contemporary learning experience.
3.39.11.3. Ratings and Reviews

The ability to rate a class and provide a written review has been added to OLM. This
makes it possible for learners to share their experience with other learners contemplating
joining the same class.
3.39.12. Release 12.2.6
3.39.12.1. Sessions Displayed on Class Details Page

Sessions for a class can now be viewed on the class details page.
3.40. Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite
3.40.1. Overview
With Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite, learners can view their
enrolled courses, learning paths, and certifications. Learners can also play content,
search, and enroll in new courses while on the go.
Learners can:
Track the completion status of a current learning.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite 153
Play online content to complete a course.
Add review comments and rate a course.
Search and browse the catalog to find and enroll in new learning.
Subscribe to a learning path or certification.
Renew a certification.
The application is fully integrated with the OLM desktop user interface, so learners can
seamlessly switch and see the latest training history on their computer, tablet, or
smartphone.
3.40.2. V. 1.0.0

Manager (OAM)

Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite is available in the following
languages:
Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, Spanish
3.40.3. V. 1.1.0
3.40.3.1. Certification Until Date on Certifications Detail Page

The certification details page now contains information on when a valid certification
expires.
3.40.3.2. Additional Information on Class Details

Additional information is now presented on the class details page:
Enrollment and completion date
Language and time zone
List of sessions
Addresses displayed on the map
3.40.3.3. Warning for Class Overlap

A warning will be given to the learner when a new enrollment overlaps an existing class
enrollment.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite 154
3.40.3.4. Evaluate Course or Class
Course and class evaluations can now be completed via Oracle Mobile Learning for
Oracle E-Business Suite.

Uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF) 2.2.2
3.40.4. V.1.2.0

devices
2.3.1
3.41. Oracle Learning Management Information Discovery
3.41.1. Release 12.1.3.4
3.41.1.1. New Search and Browse

Oracle Learning Management Information Discovery is a new addition to Oracle
Learning Management, giving you better search and browse capabilities for finding new
learning in the course catalog.
With Learning Management Information Discovery you can browse through the complete
course catalog while using search words and filters to narrow down your search results
until you have found the training you are looking for. Applying filters to your search
results makes it much easier to focus on the offerings that are interesting to youno need
to browse through lots of classroom-based training if you are looking for online content!
Learning Management Information Discovery requires a separate license. Without this
license, the current browse and search functionality will be available.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management Information Discovery 155
3.42. Oracle Payroll
3.42.1. Release 12.1.1
3.42.1.1. Approval Mechanism for Manager Self-Service - Assignment Costing

In earlier releases, when managers edit assignment-costing information for their
subordinates, the changes are permanently applied to employee assignments without any
approval.
This enhancement provides a way to configure approvals to control employee assignment
costing updates. When a manager modifies employee assignments costing details, an
approval notification can be sent to an approver based on custom workflow settings. Only
on approval are the changes reflected in the employee assignment records.
3.42.1.2. Upgrade of Historical Costing Data to Support Subledger Accounting

Payroll costing details that have already been posted to Oracle General Ledger prior to
the implementation of Oracle Subledger Accounting Release 12 functionality need to be
migrated for synchronization. The new concurrent program Upgrade Historical Payroll
Data to SLA performs easy migration of historical costing data to Subledger Accounting.
3.42.2. Release 12.1.2
3.42.2.1. Purge Process for Pay Events Table

Prior to this release, retro-related processes and reports utilized the pay process events
table to track changes using the events logged in. All event-based changes for RetroPay,
proration, and continuous calculations are logged in this table, so this created a high
volume of data that would become redundant after a period of time. The large amount of
data impacted performance and increased the future maintenance cost of processes like
the Retro-Notification report.
Oracle Payroll now provides the concurrent program Purge Process Events to purge data
from the pay process events table and archiving data. The Purge Process Events program
thereby enhances the performance of processes accessing the pay process events table.
This increases the efficiency of payroll process management, reducing the overall payroll
processing time.
3.42.3.1. Quick RetroPay

From this release forward, users can process RetroPay for a single assignment using the
new concurrent process Quick RetroPay. Quick RetroPay is based on Enhanced
RetroPay.
3.42.3.2. Self-Service Batch Element Entry

From this release, payroll administrators can enter element entries for multiple people at a
time in a self-service interface. This submission can be routed through approvals.
Administrators can enter element entry values for elements that are in the element set
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Payroll 156
associated with them and for employees for whom they have access through their security
profile.
3.42.4.1. Void Check Process

Processes such as Void and Reissue or Void and Cancellation need to be run in a
sequential order. This enhancement automates the process of running one or more
processes as a single flow and enables users to void a check and then reissue or cancel the
check as a single process.
You can run the Void Check process for a particular payroll, payment method, or
payment type, or for different assignment actions of different payrolls. This enhancement
also enables you to void a large number of checks being processed by a single Check
Writer run.

3.42.6.1. Auto-Populate Third Party Bank Information

Prior to this release, HR professionals had to manually enter the third-party payment
account details for each employee even though payment was due to the same third party
organization. This could be a repetitive and time consuming process. With this release,
when HR professional select the third-party payee (organization) in an employees
personal payment method, the applicable bank account details are automatically
populated.
3.42.6.2. Ability to Add Extra Payroll Period to Weekly or Biweekly Payroll

Calendar
Prior to this release, the period numbers did not change when the regular payment date
changed from one legislative year to another year. This enhancement enables
reassignment of the period numbers for the weekly and biweekly payroll period types
when a regular payment date is moved from one legislative year to another.
3.42.6.3. Costing of Payment Reports
This release delivers the following new Costing of Payment reports:
Costing of Payment Summary Report
Costing of Payment Breakdown Report
Costing of Payment Detail Report
The Costing of Payment Summary and Costing of Payment Breakdown reports are used
to report aggregation based on payroll/GRE and tally results to be posted to GL.
The Costing of Payment Detail report is used to validate costing of payment results at the
assignment or payment level.
3.42.6.4. Enhanced Payroll Dashboard

With this release, Oracle Payroll Dashboard now offers the payroll administrator an even
greater line of sight into newly hired employees and other critical payroll readiness
details. Additional improvements to process monitoring coupled with enhanced Payroll
analytics give payroll professionals a deeper view into their payroll data. An overall boost
to performance complemented by a more intuitive user experience ensure more efficient
and accurate payroll processing resulting in further time and cost savings.
This feature is forward-ported R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.42.7.1. Manage Assignment Set Using Web ADI

With this release, Oracle delivers an efficient way of managing the assignment set using
Web ADI capabilities. This feature enables you to generate a static assignment set from a
dynamic assignment set. The Web ADI interface allows you to download an existing
assignment set, add criteria items for assignments, and upload the modified assignment
set.
3.42.8. Release 12.2
3.42.8.1. Enhanced Retro Pay set as Default

Enhanced RetroPay is the only option available in 12.2. Retro by Element, Aggregate and
Run will no longer be supported.
3.42.9. Release 12.2.4
3.42.9.1. Create and Update Multiple Retro Assignments Using Web ADI
Spreadsheet
Prior to this release, Mass Creation or Update of Retro Assignments was not available.
Payroll administrator had to create or update retro assignments by individual employee.
With this release, a Web ADI integrator for the mass upload or modification of retro
assignments is delivered.
3.42.10. Release 12.2.6
3.42.10.1. RetroPay Enhanced Results

Oracle Payroll provides a new user interface for querying assignment actions from the
RetroPay Enhanced process and reviewing the corresponding created retro entries. This
enhancement enables users to query all the retro assignment actions for an assignment or
payroll between the chosen dates and to review the retro entries created and the reason
for their creation.
3.43. Oracle Performance Management
3.43.1. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)
3.43.1.1. Manage Offline Appraisals

Main appraisers, appraisees, and other participants can download in-progress appraisals
in Microsoft Excel format, to update the appraisals without connecting to the application
(for example, away from the workplace), and upload them later. This feature gives them
the time and privacy to complete either their own or other workers' appraisals.
3.43.1.2. Web ADI Support for Succession Planning Data Update

Oracle HRMS delivers a new Maintain Succession Plans function with the predefined
Manager Self-Service responsibility. This new function supports a Web ADI spreadsheet
that managers can use to retrieve and update the succession information that is stored in
the succession planning tables.
3.43.2.1. Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style
While Creating Objectives
Accurate and precise targets drive most businesses. This enhancement supports decimal
values for the following components of the quantitative measurement style while creating
objectives:
Target value
Number
Percentage
Currency
3.43.2.2. Create Appraisals for New Employees and Transfers Whose Employment
Start Date is Later than the Appraisal Task Start Date
For new hires and employees who have transferred in to your organization and are part of
the performance management plan population, you can now create appraisals even if their
employment start date is later than the appraisal task start date. When you run the Mass
Appraisal Creation program to republish the performance management plan, the process
creates appraisals for new employees and transfers.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 159
3.43.2.3. View the Status of Scorecards and Appraisals of Workers Who are No
Longer Part of Published Plan Population
HR professionals and managers can now view the status of scorecards and appraisals for
workers who are no longer part of the published plan population, for example, because of
termination or transfer to another plan. When you republish the performance management
plan, the application does not delete the appraisals and scorecards of terminated or
transferred workers. The application changes the status of these appraisals and scorecards
to Transferred from Plan. This status is displayed for all scorecards and appraisals
irrespective of whether the employee was terminated or transferred from the published
plans. Managers and HR professionals can view the scorecards and appraisals with
Transferred from Plan status on the Monitor Plan page using the HR professional or
HRMS Manager responsibilities. They cannot view the scorecards or appraisals with
Transferred from Plan status using the Employee Self-Service or Manager Self-Service
responsibilities.
Note that the application changes the status only when you run the Publish Performance
Management Plan program.
3.43.2.4. Provide Percentage Complete Value Either More than or Less than 100
for Objectives
When a manager or worker enters a percentage-complete value to record the objective
progress, the value need not be 100 on the achievement date. The value can be greater
than or less than 100 to indicate a measure of achievement. For example, a manager can
enter 40% to indicate achievement below expectations or 120% to indicate achievement
above expected performance.
3.43.2.5. Update Description Details of Objectives Created by Employees

Oracle Performance Management provides a new profile option, HR: Allow Updates To
Objective Details Added By Appraisee, that HR professionals can set up to control
whether managers can update the objectives and objective details added by employees.
3.43.2.6. Add Jobs and Job Competency Requirements During An Appraisal Period
Oracle Performance Management now allows you to add new jobs and their competency
requirements to an appraisal during the appraisal period. If you create new jobs after the
appraisal period start date, and add job competencies to these jobs, then the new job
competencies will be added to the appraisals when you click the Add Job Competencies
button on the appraisal.
The application uses the competency requirements as of the system date. Therefore, if
you change the job competency requirements during the appraisal period, then the target
level for the same job competency will vary depending on when during the appraisal
period the employee creates the appraisal. Hence employees on the same job will be
evaluated using different competency requirements for that job.
3.43.3. Release 12.1.1
3.43.3.1. Mass Cascading of Objectives

Cascading objectives is a method by which objectives may be aligned across the
organization. This is critical for ensuring that all employees support the organizational
objectives. Cascaded objectives can be identical to the original objective or can
contribute to the original objective.
The mass cascading feature enables managers to cascade a single or multiple objectives
to multiple employees. The feature helps managers create the same objectives and new
supporting objectives for a higher-level objective for multiple employees in their
hierarchy. Mass cascading improves user experience by reducing the cycle time involved
in cascading objectives.
3.43.3.2. Line of Sight of Objectives

Line of Sight is a graphical representation of the alignment of objectives in an
organization. This feature displays objectives that are aligned or linked to each other in
the objectives hierarchy.
Line of Sight helps employees understand how their objectives have been cascaded down
through the organization and the association between objectives. The feature provides
management with online visibility of objectives alignment in the organization.
3.43.3.3. Display Workforce Performance Management Appraisals in the

Appraisals Function
You can now view all appraisals created using the Workforce Performance Management
or the standalone appraisals function, in the Appraisals In Progress table of the standalone
appraisals function. This feature enables users to access their appraisals from a single
location.
3.43.3.4. Reference to Talent Management Replaced with Performance

Management
From June 18th, 2007, Oracle Performance Management is licensed as a separate
product. With this change, all references to Talent Management will be replaced with
Performance Management.
3.43.3.5. Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style
While Creating Objectives
Accurate and precise targets drive most businesses. This enhancement supports decimal
values for the following components of the quantitative measurement style while creating
objectives:
Target value
Number
Percentage
Currency
3.43.3.6. Display Competency and Objectives Scores on Workflow Notification Page

This enhancement displays the following on the workflow notification page:
Line scores for individual competencies
New proficiency level for the competencies
Line scores for individual objectives
Total score for all competencies
Overall comments for the competencies
3.43.3.7. Changes to Reject Option in Notifications
With this enhancement, the Reject option in notifications will not delete the appraisal, but
only change the appraisal status to Saved. The main appraiser can update the appraisal
and resubmit it for approval.
3.43.3.8. Enhance Capability of HR Administrator Function

The Performance Management Administrator feature provides robust administration
capabilities for performance management plans. Using this enhancement, administrators
can:
Enroll new employees in published performance management plans.
Remove the scorecards of transferred or terminated workers from published
performance management plans.
Reopen worker scorecards to add additional objectives under certain conditions.
Refresh scorecards to reevaluate the objectives eligibility and to include
additional objectives.
Reopen worker appraisals.
Monitor performance management plans and roll back performance management
plans
When performance management plan administrators perform administrative actions on
worker scorecards or appraisals, notifications are automatically sent to the workers and
managers.
To improve the performance management administrator's capability to follow up on
transactions pending from workers and managers, administrators can now send mass
notifications to a subset of the performance management plan population.
3.43.3.9. Process for Managing Completed Performance Management Plans

The Performance Management home page for employees and managers has been
enhanced to show only active performance management plans. The HR administrator can
access all performance management plans. This enhancement includes a new status to
identify active and inactive plans. The plan administrator can modify the plan definition
and change the plan status to Active or Inactive.
3.43.4. Release 12.1.2
3.43.4.1. Use Eligibility Criteria to Define Plan Population

Performance management plan administrators can identify the plan population using
eligibility profiles and can roll out performance management plans to members who meet
the eligibility criteria. This feature helps plan administrators to roll out plans for a set of
workers within the identified plan population, such as workers on specific grades, jobs,
positions, and so on. Plan administrators can also attach different appraisal templates to
different groups of the identified plan population. For example, workers on Grade M can
receive the Manager Appraisal template, which includes the questionnaire for managers,
while workers on Grade E can receive the Executive Appraisal template, which includes
the questionnaire for executives.
3.43.4.2. Use Performance Journal
Using the Journal feature provided in both standard and performance management plan
appraisals, managers and workers can maintain a journal on their performance
achievements, training needs, and so on. Managers and workers can reference their
journals while updating appraisals. Journals are private to the employee.
3.43.5. Release 12.1.3
3.43.5.1. Manage Appraisals of Terminated Workers

For terminated workers, HR professionals and line managers can complete appraisals that
are in Saved, Planned, Transferred, Ongoing, or Pending Approval status. Managers can
update all appraisal details while HR professionals can update the Overall Ratings and
Overall Comments.
A configurable option also exists for workers, managers, and HR professionals to update
and complete appraisals when a future dated termination exists.
These changes apply to both standard appraisals and appraisals that are part of the
workforce performance management plans.
3.43.5.2. Other Changes to the Appraisals Function

Managers can view completed appraisals of workers who have transferred into
their business group from another business group.
A Process Summary and an Error Exception report are provided for the Mass
Appraisal concurrent program.
These changes apply to both standard appraisals and appraisals that are part of the
workforce performance management plans.
3.43.5.3. Editable Pop-up for Quick Updates to Objectives

Managers can use the pop-up on the Update Appraisals page to quickly update the
following objective details:
Actual Value
Completion Percentage
Performance Rating
Comments
3.43.6.1. Performance Administrator enhancements

Oracle Performance Management delivers enhancements to improve operational
efficiency and usability for plan administrators. Performance management plan
administrators can now:
Execute a specific business process, a combination of processes, or all processes
when republishing a plan based on their business needs. The following processes
are available:
o Reallocate updated objectives with original objectives from the
objectives library.
o Reevaluate plan population based on the eligibility profile and HR
changes.
o Refresh scorecards based on changes in eligibility and include additional
objectives in the scorecards.
o Reset scorecards status to resume objective setting.
Perform other performance management plan tasks such as:
o Copy approved objectives from a previous scorecard to the new
scorecard when a worker is transferred to a new plan. In the case of
appraisals, specific information from the scorecard is copied to the new
scorecard.
o Complete an appraisal that is in Pending Appraisee Feedback status
when a plan is republished.
o Extend the objective setting deadline for a specific worker.
o Enable managers who are ineligible for a performance management plan
to access the plan tasks and set objectives for their subordinates who are
eligible for the published plan.
o Change the topmost supervisor of a published plan if the topmost
supervisor is terminated or transferred (in the case of Supervisor
hierarchy alone).
o Display appropriate information in the Appraisal Rating Summary
Report based on the changes made in the supervisor hierarchy.
3.43.7.1. Perform Mass Change of Appraisers

Using the Mass Change Main Appraiser feature, HR professionals can perform a mass
change of the main appraiser of performance management plan appraisals, and appraisals
created using the Appraisals function, in a single transaction.
When HR professionals search for performance management plan appraisals or standard
appraisals to perform a mass change of the main appraiser, the application by default
retrieves records where the main appraiser in the workers appraisal is different from the
current supervisor in the workers assignment record.
If the main appraiser in the workers appraisal is the current supervisor and the HR
professional wants to do a mass change of main appraiser to some other main appraiser,
then that change can be made as well.
3.43.7.2. Use Configurable Print Options to Print Appraisals

Oracle Performance Management provides a configurable and flexible print option to
print appraisals. Managers and employee can choose the Print or Print All option to print
their completed and in-progress appraisals. When they select the Print option, users have
the flexibility to select the form layout or the table layout for the required appraisal
details. Users can further select the appraisal sections that they want to print. The
appraisal sections are based on the appraisal template configurations. The print options
are available for both performance management plan appraisals and standard appraisals,
in the Appraisals In Progress and Completed Appraisals tables. You can use the
predefined Appraisal Printable Template, which is an Oracle XML Publisher RTF
template, to print appraisals in PDF format, or you can create your own RTF template.
3.43.7.3. Use New Questionnaire Administration Feature

A new Questionnaire Administration function is available in the HR professional
responsibility. Using this new function, HR professionals can:
Create questions and specify the following options for the answers:
o Free text
o List of values
o Drop-down list value
o Long text
Make some or all questions in the questionnaire are mandatory.
Re-order the questions in the questionnaire.
For a question with answers in a list of values or drop-down list, the answer can be a
value from an HR lookup or a rating scale. The HR administrator must select the lookup
or rating scale that the application should display.
The long text answer type has a limit of 4000 characters.
You can use the options provided in the new Questionnaire Administration function to
define questionnaires that meet your business requirements.
3.43.8. Release 12.2
3.43.8.1. Use Star Ratings to Rate Performance and Proficiency Levels

Managers and workers can now use star ratings to rate performance and proficiency
levels in competencies. The star rating component is now available for Competency
Profile and Appraisals functions. In the Appraisals function, the star rating component is
displayed in the Competency Profile region. This function enables you to display
performance and proficiency rating scales as star ratings, instead of on conventional
rating scale values. To use the star rating component, set the profile option HR: Enable
Star Rating for Performance and Proficiency Levels in Competencies.
3.44. Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR)
3.44.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2)
3.44.1.1. Allow Transition Initiator to Delete Pending for Approval Transactions

In Release 12, when a manager or employee submits a transaction for approval in Self-
Service Human Resources (SSHR), no further action is allowed by the initiator while the
transaction is pending approval. This prevents users from deleting inaccurate
transactions. RUP2 introduces a new system profile that, when enabled, allows the
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 165
initiator of a transaction to delete a transaction at any level in the approval chain while it
is pending approval.
This feature can be enabled using the new system profile HR:Enable Initiator to Delete a
Pending-Approval Transaction. When the profile is set to Yes, the initiator of a
transaction is allowed to delete Pending for Approval transactions. When the profile is set
to No, the initiator is not allowed to delete Pending for Approval transactions.
3.44.1.2. Self-Service Change Pay Rate Functionality

SSHR Release 12 does not provide the ability to alter a future salary adjustment, nor does
it support multiple future salary adjustments. These limitations are especially problematic
in cases of guaranteed salaries where a manager must obtain approval for multiple salary
adjustments on future dates. For example, a company may guarantee an employee a 5%
salary increase every 6 months for the next 2 years.
In RUP2, Change Pay Rate functionality has been enhanced to:
Allow multiple pay actions (Create/Update/Delete) as part of one transaction.
Support Salary Basis change (with option to restrict).
Display Employee Pay Change History.
Propose future base salary changes.
Update future base salary (where payroll has not been processed).
Delete one or more future base salary changes (where payroll has not been
processed).
Support Quintile, Quartile, Percentile, and Comparatio.
Display Annual Equivalent, Annual Full Time Equivalent, and Annualization
Multiple.
Display Part Time Factor, Work Hours, Employee Local Currency, and Last
Payroll Run.
Display Peer Averages and Peer History (using secure view).
Display amounts in the users preferred currency.
This enhancement is an optional upgrade for existing customers. Customers who do not
wish to upgrade can continue to use the current Self-Service Change Pay Rate
functionality.
3.44.2.1. View Accrual Balances for Employees Across Business Groups

Managers can now view accrual balances for employees across business groups.
3.44.2.2. Avoid Errors When Routing Approvals in Oracle SSHR

Prior to this release, workflow transactions that used the SSHR approval process
Notification process for approvers and notifiers ended in errors for the following reasons,
and users could not track such transactions:
When an approver does not approve a transaction within the set time period, the
workflow updates the corresponding Oracle Approval Management (AME)
transaction type with the No Response status. Then, the workflow tries to route
the notification to the approver's supervisor based on the approval chain. If the
supervisor is not available, then the workflow displays an error.
If the AME transaction type is incorrectly setup, then the workflow cannot route
transaction for approvals. This happens because the workflow uses the list of
recipients defined in the transaction type.
Using AME, you can define the adminApprover configuration variable for a transaction
type. The adminApprover variable identifies the person or user account that AME
identifies as the administrator who can correct the hierarchy issue so that transactions get
processed without any errors.
With this release, Oracle SSHR notifies the administrative approver identified by AME
indicating that an exception has occurred for transactions that use the SSHR approval
process Notification process for approvers and notifiers.
The administrative approver receives notifications:
When a user submits the transaction on the Review page, even after receiving the
Oracle Approval Management (AME) transaction type incorrect setup error
When the approval chain is broken and workflow cannot route the transaction to
the next approver
For example, the workflow routes transactions from employee A to employee B,
and then from B to employee C. Once the approval process starts, C resigns from
the enterprise. When employee B approves the transaction, the workflow process
sends a notification alerting the administrator about the break in the approval
chain.
When an approver does not approve a transaction within the set time period, and
if a supervisor is not available for the workflow to route the transaction
3.44.3. Release 12.1.1
3.44.3.1. Adjusted Service Date

Length of service is an essential parameter for calculating benefits for an employee.
Managers arrive at decisions related to promotions and compensation changes based on
the employees length of service. Existing functionality in Self-Service calculates length
of service based on the latest start date. With this enhancement, employees and managers
can view the adjusted years of service, where the years of service are based on the
adjusted service date.
The Show/Hide Region of the assignment records in My Information in Employee Self-
Service and My Employee Information in Manager Self-Service displays the adjusted
service date.
3.44.3.2. Grade Step and Point Changes

An employees salary may be attached to grades, which in turn might be attached to
grade steps and corresponding grade point values.
In the existing SSHR functionality, a manager can change the salary of an employee
reporting to them, but cannot change the grade step and point.
The enhancements in this release enable managers to view and update changes to their
employees grade step and point using SSHR. Employees can view their grade step and
point information.
3.44.3.3. Leave Accrual Information Based on Effective Date

Employees need to know their leave balance and managers need to know their
subordinates leave balance information at any given point of time. Current functionality
in SSHR for leave of absence shows the leave accrual information on the system date for
both Employee Self-Service and Manager Self-Service. Managers can also view the
accrual balances for their employees who belong to a different business group.
Release 12.1 offers more flexibility to the end user in determining the leave accrual
information. The modified leave accrual feature enhances the usability of the system and
the Self-Service views. Employees and managers can now enter an effective date and
view the entitlement balances (leave accrual) for that effective date.
3.44.3.4. Secured Access for Workflow Administrators Using Security Profiles

The Workflow Status Monitor enhancement enables you to have different workflow
administrators for different functional areas by restricting access based on criteria
specific to a particular functional area. You can now restrict the workflow administrator
access based on the security profiles defined at the organization, position, or hierarchy
level. The enhancement also enables role-based access control for workflow
administrators for the respective business groups.
3.44.3.5. Succession Planning

The Succession Planning and Management feature enables managers and HR personnel
to identify and manage the talent pool available in their organization. Using this feature,
both managers and HR personnel can:
Designate jobs and positions as critical to the enterprise.
Identify high risk workers.
Create succession plans for critical jobs and positions.
Create succession plans for workers.
View and modify succession plan information.
3.44.4. Release 12.1.1+
3.44.4.1. Employee Talent Profile

The Talent Profile feature provides a holistic view of an employee from a talent
management perspective. It presents the information relevant to talent management
decisions in a single page. You can also:
View nine-box placement of the employee.
Launch actions to update worker information.
Print talent profiles for your workforce.
3.44.5. Release 12.1.2
3.44.5.1. Hire Employee Applicant into New Assignments

Employees can apply for internal vacancies within the organization. Using the Internal
Hire feature in SSHR, managers can hire employees with an accepted application into
additional assignments. Managers can process internal job applications and assign
employees to multiple assignments. This feature also allows managers to:
Search for employees who are applicants with an accepted application.
View the existing assignment information.
Hire an employee into a new secondary assignment.
Hire an employee into a new assignment and switch the new assignment to
primary. The existing assignment is switched to secondary.
3.44.5.2. Rehire Former Employees

Terminated workers may need to be rehired into the same organization. Former
employees may not be required to go through the normal application process to be
rehired. The Rehire feature enables managers to directly rehire former employees into the
same organization and does not require the former employees to be applicants with an
accepted application. This feature also allows managers to:
View the terminated assignments information.
View the rehire recommendation and termination details.
Rehire the former employee into a new primary assignment.
3.44.5.3. View Oracle Self-Service Attachments in Oracle HRMS

Managers and employees can attach supporting documents while performing self-service
transactions. The attachments are available to the approvers of the transaction while the
approval process is in progress. After the transaction is approved, the attachments are not
available for future reference of the HR. This feature provides the flexibility to save the
supporting documents attached through Self-Service pages and makes those documents
available for the professional user within Oracle HRMS.
3.44.5.4. Terminate Secondary Assignments

Employees can have multiple assignments at a time. This feature enables managers to
terminate secondary assignments using SSHR. When an employee is transferred to other
assignments, the existing assignments may have to be terminated. This feature also
provides the flexibility to perform changes to the secondary assignment data while
terminating the secondary assignment. Using this feature, managers can also end
placements of contingent workers who are on multiple placements.
3.44.5.5. Use Context Sensitive EITs

This release enhances the capabilities of context sensitive EITs in SSHR. The flexfield
context can be auto-set depending on other segments. The ability to capture additional
information for Self-Service users is further enhanced with this feature. The context in
the dependent flexfield is displayed based on other flexfield segments. For example, a
flexfield is defined for capturing passport information. When a country is selected in the
flexfield, then additional information specific to the selected country is displayed in the
additional passport details flexfield.
3.44.5.6. View Employee Information in Pop-up Windows
Managers require quick access to employee information while performing self-service
actions. The Employee Information pop-up window displays contact information,
organization, job, position, location, and supervisor information for employees in a
managers hierarchy. The employees photograph is also displayed in the pop-up
window. The Employee Information pop-up window is also shown to managers for
employees in the managers My List (My List shows the records of employees outside
the hierarchy to whose records the manager has access).
3.44.6. Release 12.1.3
3.44.6.1. Hire Employee Applicants and Replace or Merge Applicant Assignment

with Primary Assignment
Prior to this release, managers could hire employees with an accepted application into
additional assignments using the Applicant Hire and Rehire feature in SSHR. Managers
may also need to replace the primary assignment with the accepted assignment or merge
the accepted assignment with primary assignment while hiring the employee applicant
into an accepted assignment.
SSHR provides further flexibility to managers while hiring employee applicants.
Managers can:
Hire an employee into the accepted assignment and replace the primary
assignment
Hire an employee into the accepted assignment and merge with the primary
assignment
3.44.6.2. Reverse Termination

After a worker resigns and is terminated, during the notice period, the worker may decide
to withdraw the resignation. In such cases, managers have to reverse the termination even
after the last day of employment is passed. In earlier releases, once termination was
processed, managers could not reverse the termination from SSHR. Managers had to
request the HR administrator to reverse the termination in the professional interface.
Managers can now reverse the termination in SSHR using the Manager Self-Service
responsibility. This enhancement provides increased capability to managers to manage
employment and gives greater control over employment related actions. This feature also
further reduces dependency on the HR administrator.
3.44.6.3. Voluntary Termination

In earlier SSHR functionality, workers could not initiate voluntary termination requests.
Managers had to initiate the process on behalf of the worker. With this release, workers
can raise requests for termination, reducing the workload on the manager.
This feature enables:
Employees to initiate voluntary termination requests from the Employee Self-
Service responsibility
Contingent workers to initiate End Placement from the Contingent Worker Self-
Service responsibility
Employees or contingent workers to reassign their direct reports while initiating
termination
This enhancement provides increased capability to workers and facilitates the online
process for voluntary exit.
3.44.6.4. Transaction Details in FYI Notifications

When a self-service transaction is submitted for approval, the approver notification
displays the current transaction data and the proposed changes to the current data. FYI
notifications can be set up to be delivered to the participants in the approval process after
the approver acts on the notification. In earlier releases, FYI notifications generated after
the final approval did not contain details of the approved or rejected transaction. The
recipient of the FYI notification had to navigate through the application pages to view the
changes that had been approved. With this release, recipients of FYI notifications can
view the details of the transaction in the notification itself. FYI notifications now display
proposed changes.
The feature can be enabled using a configurable option. This feature brings significant
improvement to the usability of SSHR notifications.
3.44.6.5. View Entitlement Balances in Notifications

When an employee submits an absence request, the approver receives a notification. In
earlier releases, the notification did not contain accrual balance information. Managers
had to navigate to the Absence Management page and select the employee to view the
accrual balance. With this release, managers can view the accrual balance information in
a pop-up in the approval notification.
This feature allows managers to:
View Accrual balances in a pop-up in approval notification.
Enter an effective date and search for accrual balance as of that date in the pop-
up.
This feature allows employees to:
View accrual balance in a pop-up when creating, updating or submitting an
absence.
View accrual balance in a pop-up when confirming a planned absence.
Enter an effective date and search for accrual balance as of that date in the pop-
up.
3.44.6.6. Restrict Absence Type LOV

Prior to this release, all absence types created using Oracle HRMS were displayed to
users in SSHR. With this release, implementers can update a package to restrict the
absence types that are displayed to users based on the business requirements. This feature
ensures that employees enter only those absences for which they are eligible, and
managers do not have to verify the validity of the absence type of employee requests.
3.44.7.1. Support for Parallel Approvals in SSHR

Using Oracle Approvals Management (AME), you can set up approval groups for parallel
approvals in Oracle SSHR. Parallelization is enabled at the Member level in the approval
groups and the First Responder Wins voting method is supported.
When a self-service transaction is submitted that uses the AME rule with the First
Responder Wins voting method, the application sends the approval request to all
members of the approval group. It allows any member of the approval group to approve,
reject, or return the transaction for correction to the transaction initiator. It displays an
Action History region in the approval notification of the transaction to enable all
members of the approval group to know the latest status of the transaction. The Action
History region displays the name of the approver, the date on which a member of the
approval group acted on the transaction, and any comments that have been made. The
changes made by the transaction initiator are updated in the database when any member
of the approval group approves the transaction.
3.44.7.2. Organization Chart

Oracle SSHR provides a new Organization Chart, which greatly enhances the user
interface that managers use to view their hierarchy. Details of workers in the manager's
hierarchy are displayed on panel cards. The application supports different hierarchy
viewer layouts.
Using the Organization Chart, managers can:
View Contact, Employment and Salary information for workers in their
hierarchy.
Identify key high-potential workers with succession plans, key high-potential
workers without succession plans, and workers whose salary is above or below
the specified grade range.
Launch self-service actions for workers.
Using the Employee Self-Service responsibility, workers can also use the Organization
Chart to view their hierarchy. Employee Self-Service users can only view contact and
employment information in the cards.
3.44.8.1. Launch Actions from Side Navigator in Organization Chart or Talent

Profile
Managers and workers can use either the Organization Chart page or the Talent Profile
page to launch Personal Actions or Manager Actions from a side navigator. The side
navigator helps employees and managers to execute and complete multiple self-service
transactions for themselves or for employees in their hierarchy without leaving the page.
3.44.8.2. Control the Display of Effective Date, Review, and Confirmation Pages
You can determine whether the Effective Date, Review, and Confirmation pages must be
displayed for self-service transactions or not, in accordance with your business
requirements. This configurable option is useful for top management executives who may
want to enter transaction details and complete a self-service transaction without routing it
for approval.
3.44.8.3. Use Quick Termination and Change Hours Processes

Oracle SSHR provides two new processes to perform Change Hours and Termination
transactions quickly.
Using the new Change Hours process, managers can change the work schedule and
assignment category of a worker and submit the transaction without having to change the
workers pay.
Using the new Quick Termination process, managers can enter the termination details of
a worker who is a manager and submit the transaction without having to navigate to the
Change Manager page to reassign workers reporting to the terminated manager. When
you use the Quick Termination process, you can set the profile option HR: No Supervisor
Error or Warning to help users decide whether to proceed with the termination
transaction or not. If the terminated person is a manager, then based on the value of the
profile option, Oracle SSHR displays either an error or a warning message. In the case of
a warning, Oracle SSHR redirects all the direct reports of the terminated manager to the
immediate supervisor of the terminated manager and a message to this effect is displayed.
3.44.8.4. Current Effective Date Appears on Initial Page

As a part of the UI enhancement, the current effective date page now appears in a new
region at the top of the initial page, which is displayed when any function is launched.
3.44.9.1. SSHR Transaction Monitor

Using the Transaction Monitor feature, employees, managers, and HR professionals can
view and track the details of their self-service transactions that are in Pending Approval,
Deferred, Completed, or Errored status. For self-service transactions that are in Pending
approval or completed status, employees, managers, and HR professionals can use the
transaction monitor to view the approval history, comments, and attachments for the
transactions, if any. Employees can view all transactions that they initiate. However,
managers can view only those transactions initiated by them on any worker within their
hierarchy. HR professionals can view all transactions initiated by workers and managers
based on their security profile.
3.44.10.1. Assignment-Level Hierarchy Support in Talent Profile and Organization

Chart
In the Organization Chart and Talent Profile page, managers can now view multiple
assignment records for their subordinate, if the subordinate has more than one
assignment. Using the Assignment drop-down list in the Talent Profile page, managers
can select the relevant assignment to view details and perform appropriate actions.
Managers can also view and process actions for more than one assignment of an
employee using the Organization Chart. Prior to this release, the Organization Chart and
the Talent Profile displayed only one assignment for each subordinate.
3.45. Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite
3.45.1. Overview
With Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite,
employees can view their Person Information, Job Information, can view their payslips
for the last twelve months, and can create, edit, and view their absences.
Managers can search for a team member by name, view their employees person cards
and job information, and easily communicate with team members on the go.
Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite is compatible
with Oracle E-Business Suite R12.1.3, R12.2.3, and later releases. To use this app, you
must be a Self-Service Human Resources user. For viewing payslips, you must be a
Payroll user.
In Release 5.0, mobile payslips are available for Australia, India, and the United States.
In Release 6.0, mobile payslips are available for Canada, China, Kuwait, Netherlands,
Norway, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, United Kingdom, and United Arab Emirates.
Mobile services must be configured on the server side by your administrator.
3.45.2. V 1.0.0

User installation and usage metrics for administrator
3.45.3. V 1.1.0
3.45.3.1. Mobile Self-Service Human Resources Additional Features

Ability for managers to update team members' assignment information
Ability for US employees to view and update their federal and state W-4 (tax
form) information

devices
2.3.1
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite
174
3.46. Oracle Succession Planning
Oracle Succession Planning is a newly licensable product that is available for Oracle E-
Business Suite 12.1.1 customers. Oracle Succession Planning includes the following
functions:
Succession Plans
Suitability Matching
Talent Profile
Note that Succession Planning was released after the base release of 12.1.1 and must be
applied on top of 12.1.1.
3.46.1. Release 12.1.2
3.46.1.1. Succession Plans

The Succession Plans feature helps you to:
Identify available and qualified talent pool.
Identify types of talent required to meet business goals.
Search the talent pool for potential successors.
Create and maintain succession plans to ensure that critical roles are covered at
all times.
3.46.1.2. Suitability Matching

The Suitability Matching feature helps you to:
Compare competencies using the Suitability Analyzer to identify suitable
successors.
Identify training and other development activities to close the gap between a
worker's competencies and those required by the enterprise.
3.46.1.3. Talent Profile Comparison Report

The Talent Profile feature provides the following additional capabilities for Oracle
Succession Planning users:
View nine-box matrices in a separate, flash-based user interface.
Use the Talent Profile Comparison report to compare two or more potential
successors and addpotential successors from the Talent Profile page itself.
3.46.1.4. Update Succession Plan EIT for Workers

When planning succession for workers, managers can now use the Employee Succession
Details EIT to directly enter additional succession information about a worker, such as
retention and succession potential, and identify whether the worker is a key person in the
enterprise. Managers do not have use either Oracle HRMS or Oracle SSHR to provide
this additional information.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Succession Planning 175
3.46.1.5. Create Succession Plans for Contingent Workers
Typically, the composition of the workforce in any enterprise includes full-time
employees, part-time workers, and contingent workers who may occupy critical positions
to complete specific projects. Oracle Succession Planning helps you to plan succession
for such contingent workers for business continuity.
3.46.1.6. View Talent Profile of Workers from Succession Planning Page

For effective succession planning, managers need to view the workers talent profiles to
make an informed decision. The Create Succession Plan page now includes the ability to
navigate to the talent profile of a worker for whom successors are being identified.
3.46.1.7. View Succession Plans of Former Employees

Managers can now search for former employees to view their succession plans and gather
information about the succession plan and successors identified. This is very useful in
cases where the transition was not effected before the last work day of the employee, and
HR professionals and managers need access to the former employees succession plan
record to implement the succession plan.
3.46.1.8. View Employee Information in Popup Windows

HR professionals and managers can now view employee information in the pop-up
window of the Search for Successors page in the Succession Planning function and the
Find Suitable People: Suitable People page in the Suitability Matching Function. The
pop-up window displays contact information, organization, job, position, location and
supervisor information for employees. The employees photograph is also displayed in
the pop-up window.
3.46.2. Release 12.1.3
3.46.2.1. Usability Changes in Succession Planning

Oracle Succession Planning now enables managers to:
Identify and track succession plans using the new Succession Plan Status field.
For example, managers can search for succession plans in Draft or Active status.
Enter the Readiness Percent for potential successors, so that it is easy to identify
how ready a potential successor is to progress to the identified role.
3.46.3. Release 12.1.3+
3.46.3.1. Enhanced Succession Planning

The succession plan has been enhanced in order to improve the process of identifying
probable successors and the ability to audit plans:
New attributes such as Plan Owner, Plan Name, and other relevant plan details
have been added.
Users can add attachments to succession plans in order to document or support
the decision making process.
Attachments or notes can be added to each probable successor identified in the
plan.
When a succession plan is created, key stakeholders in the plan can receive a
workflow approval notification.
The ability to view assignment changes for probable successors has been added
to help HR professionals and talent managers evaluate, review, and manage
succession plans.
3.46.3.2. Succession Planning Portals for Talent Managers and HR Professionals

Oracle Succession Planning provides talent managers and HR professionals with portals
for quick access to succession plans and to launch relevant actions from a single page.
Talent managers can view the hierarchy of workers reporting to them and can easily
identify key and high-potential workers within their hierarchy. They can view the details
of plans available for such workers and can process their plans. A dashboard of plans that
were recently reviewed and plans that are scheduled for review eliminates the need to
search for this information. The portal provides talent managers and HR professionals
with an easy-to-use interface and rapid access to key information.
3.46.3.3. Succession Analytics

In this release, Oracle Succession Planning delivers a range of actionable analytics that
help HR professionals and talent managers administer the succession planning process
effectively and efficiently. The analytical reports provided are:
Readiness and Risk Analysis of Probable Successors: This report gives insight
into the risk associated with probable successors identified for key and high-
potential workers. The risk may be either in terms of low readiness of the
probable successors to assume higher responsibilities, or inadequate number of
successors identified.
Turnover Analysis of Key Talent: Using this report, talent managers and HR
professionals can analyze the turnover details of probable successors identified
for key and high-potential workers.
Succession Plan Details for High Potential Workers: To proactively plan and
manage the succession planning process in their enterprise, talent managers and
HR professionals can use this report to track key and high-potential workers with
and without succession plans.
Succession Plan Effectiveness: talent managers and HR professionals can use this
report to evaluate the effectiveness of the succession planning and management
process based on the number of plans filled by potential successors who were
identified for such plans.
3.46.3.4. View Succession Hierarchy

The succession hierarchy is a visual representation of the successors identified for
workers at each level. It helps talent managers and HR professionals analyze the full
impact of succession plans that are in place, particularly at the higher levels of the
enterprise. The succession hierarchy also assists in tracking succession changes,
understanding any gaps in the succession hierarchy, and assessing the impact of these
gaps on business continuity. This holistic view helps you avoid the risk of mobility at
higher levels cascading to lower levels in the organization. It also helps in replacement
planning and ensures that workers are ready to fill new roles at all levels when the need
arises.
3.46.3.5. Succession Plan Administration
HR professionals can now control the succession planning process across the enterprise.
They can:
View succession analytics at the enterprise level, based on their access to data,
and initiate appropriate actions.
Define job and position-based plans and assign them to managers who can then
nominate probable successors.
Define business permissions such as whether contingent workers can be
identified as probable successors, whether managers can override the
competency-based search and add specific successors to succession plans, and set
the maximum number of successors that can be identified for a plan. Other
permissions include the ability to display succession plans for terminated workers
and to set the maximum number of succession plans a worker can belong to.
3.46.4. Release 12.2.5
3.46.4.1. Configurable Talent Matrix

With this release, managers and HR personnel can use the Configurable Talent Matrix,
which provides enhanced tools for succession planning and management. The
Configurable Talent Matrix replaces the existing OAF-based 9-Box Matrix and needs to
be deployed on Oracle WebLogic Server.
The Configurable Talent Matrix:

Provides flexibility to define the grid or matrices to meet the business
requirements of the enterprise.
Supports various combinations for Performance, Potential, and Retention
matrices to identify suitable successors.
Enables printing worker talent profiles based on the Configurable Talent Matrix.
Saves different combinations for Performance, Potential, and Retention matrices
in templates, which can be selected by the user to view the Configurable Talent
Matrix for a particular combination.
3.47. Oracle Time and Labor
3.47.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2)
3.47.1.1. Automatic Days-to-Hours Conversion

In Oracle Time and Labor Release 12, users are restricted to entering their time in hours
because Oracle Projects does not support time entered in days. In RUP2, Time and Labor
introduces automatic days-to-hours conversion, so that users can enter hours and days
within a single timecard and the system will convert the days into hours for Oracle
Projects.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 178
To utilize this feature, a user creates a time category including all elements that require
conversion from days to hours. The conversion factor will be calculated by retrieving the
value of Normal Hours from the employee's assignment and the value of Number of Days
in Assignment Frequency from the Oracle Time and Labor preferences.
3.47.1.2. Mixed Format Entries

In Time and Labor Release 12, when the Self-Service Preference to Allow Rules
Evaluation preference is set to Yes, the application will not allow mixed time-format
entries. With RUP2, Time and Labor introduces an enhancement that allows users to
enter mixed format entries for certain time elements, based on specific conditions. For
example, users can enter Regular time in the Start Time and End Time format (09:00 -
12:00) and Lunch time as a number of hours (2 hrs) in the same timecard.
This feature also allows users to define whether or not a particular element should be
included in Oracle Time and Labor rules explosion. When users mark a particular
element as Exclude from Explosion, Oracle Time and Labor will allow the entry of
mixed time formats for that element while excluding that element from timecard
explosion.
3.47.2.1. Use the Multi-Threaded Archive and Restore Process

You can now use Oracle Time and Labor with multi-threading enabled in the Archive
Data Set Process. Based on internal logic calculations, the Archive Data Set process
decides the number of worker processes.
For more details about the new Multi-Threaded Archive and Restore Process, please refer
to My Oracle Support note 433929.1.
3.47.3. Release 12.1.1
3.47.3.1. Blank Timecard Rows Retained when Saving Timecard

Prior to this release, when you selected a Zero Hours template for creating a timecard,
Oracle Time and Labor Self-Service appropriately populated the template rows into the
timecard. If you entered time information for some rows and left the other rows
untouched, the timecard rows without time entries were deleted upon saving the timecard.
This is inconvenient when you later want to enter time for the untouched rows, as the
specific rows are no longer available.
This enhancement enables Oracle Time and Labor Self-Service users to retain timecard
rows with no hour values when saving the timecard. Such rows are available when you
want to update the saved timecard at later point of time. By default, the current behavior
is in place and you can make the new functionality available by configuring the OTL
preferences.
3.47.3.2. Define Number of Timesheet Line Rows to Pre-Populate

Prior to this release, you could pre-populate timecard rows using static and dynamic
templates like Last Timecard or user-defined templates without hour values being
imported onto the new timecard.
With this enhancement, you can save the timecard rows with no hour values when the
timecard is pre-populated from timecard templates. When you submit the timecard,
timecard rows with no hour values will be ignored.
3.47.3.3. Summarize Regular/Overtime Hours Separately

Prior to this release, the Regular/Overtime summary region was available only on the
Timecard Review page.
With this enhancement, you can view the details of time entered and the overtime
calculation results on the confirmation page along with timecard explosion.
3.47.3.4. Supervisor Report to Identify Missing Timesheets

Prior to this release, the Missing Timecards report identified the number of timecards
missing and their statuses. However, status information is not reported when the user has
actually submitted the timecard.
With this enhancement, a supervisor can query the number of timecards in different
statuses, such as Not Entered, Working, Error, Submitted, Approved, and Rejected, along
with the user names and last submitted date.
3.47.3.5. Supervisor List of Timesheets Expected and Status Online

Prior to this release, supervisors were unable to query the status of employees timecards
under their hierarchy.
The new Supervisor Timesheet dashboard enables supervisors to query the status of
timecards in their supervisor hierarchy. Additionally, the dashboard displays a graphical
representation of percentage of timecards per status. This enhancement enables
supervisors to efficiently find timecards that are missing, submitted, or approved for a
specific timecard period. The supervisor can also generate timecard status details.
3.47.3.6. Use the Audit Change Report to Identify Changes Made to Timesheets
As employees have the ability, through Oracle Time and Labor Preferences, to change
timecard data (any changes and any number of times) after submission, they may submit
the same timecard for approval more than once for the same period.
The new Audit Change Report enables time administrators to identify changes made to
the timecards. The report tracks the changes and indicates the number of times and what
data was changed after timecard save, submission, and subsequent approvals. You can
print and retain this report for audit purposes.
3.47.3.7. Audit Trail on Time Cards

This feature provides the complete history of a timecard from submission through
approval stages. The report displays details such as the number of times a particular
timecard is submitted, modified, or deleted, and various actions done by various
employees and approvers on a particular timecard.
3.47.3.8. Display Last Person Who Updated Timesheet

You can now identify the person who last updated the time details on the timecard. This
is valuable because a timecard can undergo many changes after an employee creates it.
3.47.3.9. Changes in Core HR and OTL to Support Services Procurement
Prior to this release, a contingent worker could report time against only one purchase
order number, which was associated to the workers assignment. The contingent workers
assignment is defined in the Core HR, wherein supplier name, purchase order number,
and purchase order line are associated. These details are retrieved in OTL, to enable the
contingent worker to report time for the above-mentioned combination.
With this enhancement, a contingent worker can report time for multiple purchase orders.
and against any valid project whether or not the project is associated with a purchase
order.
A new user interface is provided wherein users can associate multiple purchase orders
with a contingent worker. You can navigate to this user interface from the Supplier tab of
the Assignment page of Oracle HRMS (Core HR). The existing functionality for
associating purchase orders, purchase order lines, and suppliers remains.
This enhancement enables Oracle Time and Labor Time Sheet to retrieve multiple
purchase orders in the Purchase Order list of values. Now this LOV populates all
associated purchase orders for the contingent worker and enables the worker to report
time against multiple purchase orders.
3.47.3.10. Multiple Alias Support in Notification Layout

This enhancement includes changes to the OTL Inline Notification timecard layout to
support layout attributes. The changes ensure that the layout attributes added to the right
side of the timecard summary matrix are included in the Day Details page context data
dictionary. Additionally, timecard attributes have been added to the right of the timecard
hours summary table in the inline notification layout.
3.47.3.11. Oracle Time and Labor User Interface Enhancements

Release 12.1 enhances Oracle Time and Labor with the following changes to the Self-
Service pages:
New Recent Timecard, wherein the existing Recent Timecards and Timecard
Search pages are merged together as one
Ability to delete multiple timecards in a single action
New Projects and Projects Payroll layouts with project number and name
concatenated together. The same has been done for task details.
Ability to set Default Timecard Period for a user
Ability to set Default Approval Action for a Supervisor/Approver
Ability to set Future Time Period Limit for a user
New status column to display transfer status of a timecard to recipient
applications
The changes on various predefined timecard layouts improve the productivity of OTL
self-service users.
3.47.3.12. Disabled Text Field Enhancement

Prior to this release, you could design the timecard layout by configuring the Timecard
Entry Layout LDT file to add text fields to the timecard layout, with the fields editable by
default.
This enhancement enables you to define whether a field on the timecard layout should be
editable or not. The setup that you define for these text fields in the Timecard Entry
Layout LDT file determines whether the fields are either enabled or disabled on the Self-
Service Timecard Entry Layout page.
3.47.3.13. Enhancement to Preference Eligibility Criteria (Responsibility-Based

Preference)
In earlier releases, OTLs preference eligibility criteria for a selected responsibility assign
preferences to the user when theyve selected the responsibility, while logged in to the
system, and only for preferences that are required for the session. For example,
preferences that set the timecard layout or the number of blank rows on the timecard may
be set and used for the session. However, preference values required for processes
executed after the timecard submission, for example, preferences required to assign
values for Retrieval Rules, Application Set or Approval Style, use preference eligibility
criteria that can be determined when the user has not selected the responsibility. The
preferences used for post-timecard-submission processes use the preference eligibility
based on HR assignment attributes, assigned to a specific, named person, or assigned to
all people.
This enhancement provides a way to assign both temporary (session), and post-
submission preferences based on an OTL responsibility, and have those preferences be
persistent after the submission process. This allows for added flexibility in assigning
preferences and enabling OTL functionality.
3.47.4. Release 12.1.2
3.47.4.1. OTL Time Card integration with HR Absences

With the integration of Oracle HR and Oracle SSHR absence modules with Oracle Time
and Labor, absences created in Oracle HR and Oracle SSHR are automatically entered in
the Oracle Time and Labor timecard. Absence entries that are created or edited in the
timecard along with other time entries can be viewed in the Oracle HR absence module.
This enhancement introduces checks and validations in the timecard and absence
modules to ensure that data consistency is maintained.
3.47.5. Release 12.1.3
3.47.5.1. Time Card Retrieval Dashboard

With this release, time administrators have exhaustive and real-time insight into the
timecard retrieval process for Oracle Payroll and Oracle Projects applications using the
new Time Card Retrieval Dashboard. This dashboard helps time administrators in
effectively monitoring the retrieval process progress, viewing pre- and post-retrieval
information, and taking prompt corrective actions for errors. This feature also helps time
administrators to visualize and analyze timecard retrieval information based on criteria
such as HR Supervisor, Project Manager, and timecard attributes.
3.47.6.1. Rollback Transfer Time from OTL to Batch Element Entry Process.
With this release, a new concurrent program is provided to roll back the payroll
retrievals. This process is equipped to roll back all payroll entries transferred from OTL
to Batch Element Entry either in full or for a timecard. This includes timecards
transferred directly to and timecards transferred through the Oracle Time and Labor
Rules (OTLR) Evaluation Engine to Batch Element Entry.
3.47.6.2. Retrieval Dashboard Changes

From this release, Retrieval Dashboard is HR-security enabled. The Retrieval Dashboard
now retrieves employee records based on the HR security profile attached to the
responsibility or user. You can use the new Retrieval Dashboard feature, which provides
two new predefined responsibilities: Time Manager and Time Administrator. The Time
Manager responsibility does not have access to the Initiate Retrieval tab.
3.47.7.1. Enhanced Timecard Status Dashboard

Oracle Time and Labor has a Missing Timecards report to identify the number of
timecards missing and the details of the timecards with different statuses. This is an
administrator report, and this kind of information is not available for a supervisor from
Self-Service. This makes it difficult for a supervisor to find the status of the timecards for
a given group of employees for a specific timecard period. To facilitate this, in the earlier
releases the Supervisor Time Card Dashboard was provided.
In this release, Timecard Start Time and Timecard Stop Time fields are added as search
criteria. Supervisors can now search by range, and do not require knowledge of the
recurring period. The Recurring Period is now optional. Supervisors can still use
Recurring Period and Timecard Period fields in a search.
3.47.8. Release 12.1 RUP7
3.47.8.1. Self-Service Additional Details

Oracle Time and Labor enables the Self-Service and Timekeeper user to enter timecards
along with additional details in specific layouts. Prior to this release, Self-Service
descriptive flexfields for additional details were displayed irrespective of the availability
of data. With this release, additional details display only when data is available.
3.47.8.2. Assignment Time Information

With this release, Web ADI Integrator for mass uploading and modification of
assignment time information is available to OTL administrators. Earlier, OTL
administrators had to create or edit assignments individually for each employee.
3.47.9.1. Time Entry Detail Report

Prior to this release, the OTL application exploded time based on the rules defined in the
OTLR modules only after the timecard was approved and transferred to the OTLR
module. In this release, to enable time explosion for analysis and efficiency planning,
time explosion is simulated and made available even before approval and transfer. The
exploded data is stored in a new table and a public view is provided. OTL users can use
this view to build custom reports.
3.47.9.2. OTLR Timecard Integration with HR Absences

Earlier, absences created in Oracle HR and Oracle SSHR were only populated in the
Oracle Time and Labor timecard. In this release, this integration is extended to OTLR as
well.
3.47.9.3. Day of the Week Rule

In this release an additional daily earning rule is provided to mark days to be treated as
special days for the purpose of time explosion. Daily or special earning policies may
have daily earning rules applied on time entries to determine regular and overtime hours.
This enhancement enables users to treat a specific day differently from the rest of the
days for the purpose of determining regular time and overtime.
3.47.10. Release 12.2
3.47.10.1. New Projects Layouts for Actual Costing

In this release, Oracle Projects provides a feature to process project labor transactions
from actual payroll costs in addition to the existing standard costing basis. Users have the
option to use actual pay rates to calculate accrued labor cost amounts or standard labor
costs. To ensure the most accurate pay rate derivation, new timecard attributes such as
Job, Work Type and Location are captured in the timecard in addition to existing fields
for Project, Task and Type. New layouts are provided to capture the additional pay rate
derivation attributes. To use the new layout, you must enable the new preference Time
Store Enhanced Projects and Payroll Integration Setup. The PRC: Transaction Import
program retrieves the new values when timecards are imported to Oracle Projects.
3.47.10.2. Attachments in Timecards

There are many business scenarios wherein supporting documents are required to
substantiate the time entry. From this release, users can add attachments to their
timecards. Users can attach a file, freeform text, or a URL. The system profile OTL:
Enable Timecard Attachments must be set to enable timecard attachments.
3.47.10.3. Checkbox to Confirm Time Entry Accuracy

With this release, a new check box is provided on the Timecard Review page. The
Submit button is enabled when a user selects this check box. The purpose of this check
box is to obtain an affirmative acknowledgement and confirm the accuracy of the time
details entered by the user.
3.47.11. Release 12.2.5
3.47.11.1. Concurrent Run of Transfer Time for OTL to BEE

The Transfer Time from OTL to BEE process retrieves time stored in OTL and passes the
data to Oracle Payroll via the BEE interface. Prior to this release, the process ran in
sequence, meaning multiple submissions of the process ran one after another. With this
enhancement, the Transfer Time from OTL to BEE process runs simultaneously in an
instance as long as requests are made from different business groups. This simultaneous
run of the process enables accelerates payroll processing by retrieving time data
concurrently for different business groups.
3.47.12. Release 12.2.6
3.47.12.1. Credit Overtime as Absence Accrual

In this release an option is provided for administrators to credit overtime earned by
employees to the respective employees accrual plans as Paid Time Off or Absence. An
option is provided to link overtime earning types (payroll elements) to absence elements
used in Net Calculation Rules for accrual plans. Accrual Plans are affected with the Paid
Time Off in lieu of overtime when timecards that include overtime are processed into
Payroll.
3.47.12.2. New Calendar View of Timecards

In this release a new page based on Application Development Framework (ADF)
technology displays all time entries recorded in the time store, with start and stop times or
hours displayed in flexible calendar styles. Available time entries are indicated with user-
configurable color patterns. This enhancement also provides the ability to navigate to the
existing Create Timecards and View Timecards pages.
3.48. Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite
3.48.1. Overview
Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite empowers users to quickly capture
time worked while on the go, with minimal data entry. Accelerate your productivity using
Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite from your smartphone.
You can:
Capture time entries for Oracle Payroll and Oracle Projects applications.
Submit, view, and enter timecards while on the go.
Enter timecards in Quick Time or Regular Time modes.
Aggregates day-wise entries into timecard periods.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 185
The Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite application is compatible with
Oracle E-Business Suite 12.1.3 and 12.2.3. To use this app, you must be a user of Oracle
E-Business Suite, with mobile services configured on the server side by your
administrator.
3.48.2. V.1.1.0
3.48.2.1. Mobile Foundation Updates

Improvements in login and configuration flow
Ability to change server URL without reinstalling app
Diagnostics improvements
3.48.3. V. 1.2.0

Changes to support both iOS and Android with the same client code
Ability to update server URL from Connection Details page
3.48.4. V. 1.3.0
3.48.4.1. Mobile Timecards Additional Features

Support for repeating time entry for multiple days
Support for timecard comments
Enhanced layout and standard LOV usage

Manager (OAM)

Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite is available in the following
languages:
Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, Spanish.
3.48.5. V. 1.4.0

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 186
3.48.6. V.1.5.0

devices
2.3.1
3.49. Oracle US Federal Human Resources
3.49.1. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)
3.49.1.1. Process Pay for Employees Based on the Title 38 Public Law
HR specialists can now process pay banding programs for employees who are physicians
and dentists according to the Title 38 Code of Federal Regulations.
For employees who are physicians and dentists, you can now:
Record specific position details such as the specialty code and the tier
information. The tier information determines the pay range that the application
uses to process pay calculations.
Process pay components such as the basic pay and market pay.
Process GP and GR type pay plans.
3.49.1.2. Use Multiple Legal Authority Descriptions When Processing AFHR

Employees
In response to the OPM statutory requirements, you can now select more than one
description for a Legal Authority Code (LAC) when processing RPAs for AFHR
employees. The application maintains a history of description changes to the LACs.
3.49.2.1. Comply with Inspector General Pay Reform Implementation

Public Law 110-409 [H.R. 928] was signed into law effective October 14, 2008. The law,
the Inspector General Reform Act of 2008, authorizes significant changes in pay-setting
for Inspector General positions.
The US Federal HR product has been modified to support the enactment and
implementation of this law.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle US Federal Human Resources 187
3.49.2.2. Use the New Regions Available in the Self-Service Pages
With this release, employees, managers, and HR professionals can view details related to
address, emergency contacts, dependents, and employee home address through Self-
Service.
Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle US Federal Human Resources 188

Release Content Document For Oracle 12.2.6

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Release Content Document For Oracle 12.2.6

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Oracle E-Business Suite

Release Content Document

Human Capital Management

Prepared by Oracle E-Business Suite Product Development

Last Updated: September 15, 2016

2.1. Purpose of Document

3.1. Oracle Advanced Benefits

3.1.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.1.1.1. Reopen Life Events Process

3.1.1.2. Open Enrollment Window Modification

3.1.1.3. Tracking Ineligible to Ineligible Row Creation

3.1.1.4. Additional Input Parameters for Fast Formulas

3.1.2. Release 12.1.1

3.1.2.2. Restrict Display of Primary Care Provider

3.1.2.3. Enhanced Individual Contribution Distribution

3.1.3. Release 12.1.2

3.1.3.1. Use Default Enrollment to Reinstate Backed-Out Intervening Events

3.1.3.3. Recalculate Imputed Income When Enrollment is Unsuspended

3.1.3.4. Suppress HIPAA if Participant Gains Electability in Alternate Plan Type

3.1.4. Release 12.1.3

3.1.4.1. User Defined Criteria for Dependent Eligibility

3.1.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.1.5.1. View Rate History in Self-Service Benefits

3.1.5.2. Close Enrollment in Self-Service

3.1.5.3. Reopen Reinstated Enrollment

3.1.5.4. Deactivate Communication Type

3.1.5.5. Eligibility for Person Changes and Communication Types

3.1.5.6. All Ineligible Flag for Compensation Objects

3.1.5.7. Use Person Selection Rule for the Extract Process

3.1.5.8. Delete Unrestricted Enrollment

3.1.6.1. Enhanced Life Event Summary Report

3.1.6.3. Control Ability to Designate Participant as Beneficiary

3.1.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.1.7.1. Show/Hide by Plan Type on Self-Service Selection Page

3.1.7.2. Exclude Dependents from System Extract

3.1.7.3. Limit Related Person Life Event Based on Loss of Coverage

3.1.7.4. Attachments During Self-Service Enrollment

3.1.7.5. Email Documents Generated from System Extract

3.1.7.6. Email Benefit Confirmation Statements

3.1.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.1.8.1. Self-Service Text for the Attachment Page

3.1.8.2. Updates to the Benefit Selection Page

3.1.8.4. Updates to the COBRA Letters

3.1.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.1.9.1. Generate 1095-Cs (US)

3.1.10. Release 12.2.6

3.1.10.1. Record Employee COBRA Healthcare Offer Details (US)

3.2.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.2.1.1. View Approval History and Approvers

3.2.2. Release 12.1.1

3.2.2.1. Approval Deviations Report

3.3. Oracle Compensation Workbench

3.3.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2)

3.3.1.1. View All Compensation Detail Reports without Changing Responsibilities

3.3.1.2. Provide Responsibility-Based Plan Security for Administrators

3.3.1.3. Reduce Post-Processing Time Between Multiple Business Organizations

3.3.1.4. Perform Dynamic Calculations in Multiple Columns

3.3.2. Release 12.1.1

3.3.2.1. Awards Based on Anniversary Date

3.3.2.2. Print Total Compensation Statements for Groups of Employees

3.3.2.4. New Salary Proposal to be Explicitly Approved

3.3.2.5. Update Percentage of Eligible Salary in Employee Administration

3.3.2.6. View Performance Appraisal Details in Compensation Workbench